dynamic optimization in natural resources ...

4 downloads 131 Views 3MB Size Report
France, Ireland, Belgium, The Netherlands, Luxemburg, Germany, Finland, Austria, ...... also applies to rule of law on environmental area. ...... (State Bank, Telecommunication department, Temple authorities etc. at ...... destinations in the buffer areas are Dhanushkodi, Rameswaram, Mandapam, Earwadi, Thiruchendur, and.
ASERS

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

J

Biannually Volume I Issue 2(2) Winter 2010 ISSN 2068 ² 7729  

82  

 

Winter 2010 Volume I,Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Issue 2(2) Editor  in  Chief  

Cristina Barbu Spiru  Haret  University,  Romania  

Contents:

 

Editorial  Advisory  Board     Huseyin Arasli Eastern  Mediterranean  University,   North Cyprus    

Madalina Constantinescu

Spiru   Haret   Romania  

University,  

 

Jean-­Paul Gaertner Ecole  de  Management  de   Strasbourg,  France  

1

Shankar  Gargh     Editor  in  Chief  of  Advanced  in   Management,  India

2

Andreea Marin-­Pantelescu, Academy  of  Economic  Studies   Bucharest, Romania

  Resources Management   George E. Halkos  and    

George Papageorgiou University  of  Thessaly                          «92  

Laura  Ungureanu     Spiru  Haret  University,  Romania  

Do ISO14001 EMS Companies in Malaysia Reward Employees for Environmental Initiatives? Harjeet Kaur HELP  University  College     Malaysia                                                                  «98     State Institutions and their Role in Harmonizing the Environment Legislation on the Basis of European Conventions Armand Krasniqi University  of  Pristine,     Kosovo                                                                    «108     Nature based Tourism, Seasonal Variation and its Impact on Employment and Income: Evidence from Meghalaya Utpal Kumar De and   Amrita Devi   North-­Eastern  Hill  University  «116  

Hans-­Jürgen  Weißbach,   University  of  Applied  Sciences  ±   Frankfurt  am  Main,  Germany  

 

Piotr Misztal Technical  University  of  Radom,   Economic  Department,  Poland  

3

Marco  Novarese     University  of  Piemonte  Orientale,   Italy  

Rajesh K.  Pillania Management  Developement   Institute,  India

4

 

Rachel  Price-­Kreitz     Ecole  de  Management  de   Strasbourg,  France  

Dan Selisteanu   University  of  Craiova,  Romania  

 

            ASERS  Publishing  

http://www.asers.eu/asers-­publishing   ISSN  2068  ±  7729  

   

6

Dynamic Optimization in Natural

 

Nodal Lekishvili,     Tibilisi  State  University, Georgia

How the Economic Crisis Affects the Environment? Cristina Barbu Spiru  Haret  8QLYHUVLW\«  

5

7

Informational Barriers to Energy Efficiency ² Combining Theory and European Policies Lars Morten Andersen University  of  Copenhagen,  Denmark,     College  of  Europe  Bruges,  Belgium   Raimund Bleischwitz   College  of  Europe  Bruges,  Belgium,     Wuppertal  Institute/Univestities  of   :XSSHUWDODQG.DVVHO*HUPDQ\«  132     Developing Indicators for Monitoring Tourism and Sustainability in Rameswaram, A Buffer Area in the Gulf of Mannar Marine Biosphere Reserve, India Jana Murali  and   Gopalsamy Poyyamoli Pondicherry  University,  India                  «155

8

Water and Energy in South Africa ² Managing Scarcity Petrus H. Potgieter   Department  of  Decision  Sciences,   University  of  South  Africa                            «166

9

Modelling of an Activated Sludge Wastewater Treatment Bioprocess Monica Roman University  of  Craiova,  Romania          «179

10

Impact of the Risk Managment and Quality In Tourism Trends Fatos Ukaj University  in  Prishtina,  Pejë                    «187

 

83  

 

Call for Papers Summer_Issue 2011 Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

Journal of Environmental Management and Tourism Journal   of   Environmental   Management   and   Tourism   is   a   young   interdisciplinary   research   journal,   aimed   to   publish   articles   and   original   research   papers   that   should   contribute   to   the   development   of   both   experimental  and  theoretical  nature  in  the  field  of  Environmental  Management  and  Tourism  Sciences.       Journal  will  publish  original  research  and  seeks  to  cover  a  wide  range  of  topics  regarding  environmental   management  and  engineering,  environmental  management  and  health,  environmental  chemistry,  environmental   protection   technologies   (water,   air,   soil),   pollution   reduction   at   source   and   waste   minimization,   energy   and   environment,  modelling,  simulation  and  optimization  for  environmental  protection;;  environmental  biotechnology,   environmental  education  and  sustainable  development,  environmental  strategies  and  policies,  etc.  This  topic  may   include  the  fields  indicated  above,  but  are  not  limited  to  these.   Authors   are   encouraged   to   submit   high   quality,   original   works   that   discuss   the   latest   developments   in   environmental  management  research  and  application  with  the  certain  scope  to  share  experiences  and  research   findings  and  to  stimulate  more  ideas  and  useful  insights  regarding  current  best-­practices  and  future  directions  in   environmental  management.     All  the  papers  will  be  first  considered  by  the  Editors  for  general  relevance,  originality  and  significance.  If   accepted  for  review,  papers  will  then  be  subject  to  double  blind  peer  review.   Deadline for Submission:                   15th  May  2011   Expected Publication Date:               15th  June  2011   web:             www.asers.eu/journals/jemt/   E-­mail:             [email protected]         To  prepare  your  paper  for  submission,  please  see  full  author  guidelines  in  the  following  file:     JEMT_Full_Paper_Template.doc,  then  send  it  via  email  at  [email protected].  

 

84  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism

HOW THE ECONOMIC CRISIS AFFECTS THE ENVIRONMENT?  

Cristina BARBU Spiru  Haret  University,  Craiova,  Romania [email protected]  

Abstract   2YHU WKH ODVW WZHQW\ \HDUV 5RPDQLD¶V HFRQRP\ KDV JURZQ 0DQ\ ]RQHV KDYH UHGXFHG SRYHUW\ DQG LPSURYHG education.  During  the  last  two  years,  industrial  production  has  been  affected  by  the  crisis.   There   are   both   immediate   and   long-­term   positive   and   negative   environmental   implications   of   the   crisis.   Some   of   researchers  think  that  the  decline  in  production  will  automatically  lead  to  a  lower  level  of  pollution.  On  the  contrary,  other   researchers  think  that  the  problem  of  pollution  may  become  worse  during  the  crisis  period.   In  our  country,  environmental  protection  seems  to  have  a  lower  priority  but  the  sustainable  development  is  no  longer   D³FKRLFH´.     Keywords:  economic  crisis,  environment,  green  economy     JEL Classiffication:  P28,  Q52,  Q56    

1. Aims and scope of the paper The  global  financial  crisis,  brewing  for  a  while,  really  started  to  show  its  effects  in  the  middle  of  2007  and   LQWR$SDUWRIWKHZRUOG¶VVFientists  think  that  the  crisis  will  move  people  to  use  less  energy  and  help  limit   carbon   emissions.   They   saw   the   crisis   as   a   short-­term   and   long-­term   opportunity   for   Europe.     The   global   slowdown   means   people   will   have   less   money   to   buy.   This   translates   into   fewer   products   and   goods   being   manufactured   which   means   fewer   natural   resources   used. In   the   short-­term,   as   well   as   a   reduction   in   consumption  of  resources  and  technologies  that  emit  or  discharge  pollution  can  provide  immediate  relief  to  the   environment.     Also,   the   drop   in   exports   provides   an   opportunity   to   use   new   energy   technologies   domestically   rather  than  send  them  overseas.    That  way,  local  environmental  conditions  can  be  improved.   In  the  long-­term,  mass-­producing,  energy-­consuming  industries  have  taken  their  rROORQWKHQDWLRQ¶VZDWHU supply  and  air  quality.    The  regime  can  use  the  recent  factory  closings  and  enterprise  to  develop  a  cleaner,  high-­ technology  industrial  sector.     Both   in   the   short   and   long-­term,   the   government   can   use   the   increasing   need   and   demand   for   clean   technology  to  become  a  global  leader  in  green  technology  and  renewable  energy  investment.   2WKHUSDUWRIWKHZRUOG¶VVFLHQWLVWVDUJXHVWKDWZLWKWKHILQDQFLDOFULVLVWKHUHZLOOEHOHVVHFRQRPLFDFWLYLW\ around   the   globe   within   the   next   few   years.   This   could   mean   people   putting   the   economy   ahead   of   the   environment,  although  until  very  recently,  the  environment  got  center  stage  in  world  attention.   The   negative   impact   of   the   crisis   on   the   environment   is   more   obvious:   the   scientists   fear   that   the   momentum  in  the  global  environmental  movement  has  been  diverted  amid  the  economic  crisis.    As  attention  is   elsewhere,  government  policies  will  prioritize  quick  economic  development  and  employment  fixes.  Also,  there  is   the   fear   that   approved   policies   will   be   shelved   because   of   cost.     $OWKRXJK WKH HIIHFW RI WKH UHJLPH¶V VWLPXOXV investment  in  major  industries  has  yet  to  be  measured,  the  scientists  predict  that  heavy  pollution,  heavy  energy   consumption   and   weak   regulatory   oversight   will   likely   occur.     This   would   be   disastrous   and   a   step   back   for   (XURSH¶VHQYLURQPHQWDOSURJUHVV    Last,  the  strengthening  of  government  intervention  and  the  weakening  of  the   market   will   give   rise   to   further   administrative   problems   with   individual   or   factional   interests   trumping   national   ones.     This   includes   local   promotion   of   environmentally   damaging   enterprises   that   harm   locals   and   national   environmental  goals.     7KLVSDSHUWULHVWRILQGRXWLIWKHHFRQRPLFFULVLVLVJRRGRUEDGIRU5RPDQLD¶VHQYLURQPHQW    

2. The crisis in the world     The  global  financial  crisis,  brewing  for  a  while,  really  started  to  show  its  effects  in  the  middle  of  2007  and   into  2008.  Around  the  world  stock  markets  have  fallen,  large  financial  institutions  have  collapsed  or  been  bought   out,  and  governments  in  even  the  wealthiest  nations  have  had  to  come  up  with  rescue  packages  to  bail  out  their   financial  systems  (Shah  2009).   On   the  one   hand  many  people   are   concerned   that   those   responsible   for   the   financial   problems   are   the   ones  being  bailed  out,  while  on  the  other  hand,  a  global  financial  meltdown  will  affect  the  livelihoods  of  almost   everyone   in   an   increasingly   inter-­connected   world.   The   problem   could   have   been   avoided,   if   ideologues   85  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   VXSSRUWLQJWKHFXUUHQWHFRQRPLFVPRGHOVZHUHQ¶WVRYRFDOLQIOXHQWLDODQGLQFRQVLGHUDWHRIRWKHUV¶YLHZSRLQWVDQG concerns.   The  crisis  rapidly  developed  and  spread  into  a  global  economic  shock,  resulting  in  a  number  of  European   bank   failures,   declines   in   various   stock   indexes,   and   large   reductions   in   the   market   value   of   equities   and   commodities.   Both  MBS  and  CDO  were  purchased  by  corporate  and  institutional  investors  globally.  Derivatives  such  as   credit  default  swaps  also  increased  the  linkage  between  large  financial  institutions.  Moreover,  the   de-­leveraging   of  financial  institutions,  as  assets  were  sold  to  pay  back  obligations  that  could  not  be  refinanced  in  frozen  credit   markets,  further  accelerated  the  solvency  crisis  and  caused  a  decrease  in  international  trade.   World  political  leaders,  national  ministers  of  finance  and  central  bank  directors  coordinated  their  efforts  to   reduce   fears,   but   the   crisis   continued.   At   the   end   of   October   2008   a   currency   crisis   developed,   with   investors   transferring   vast   capital   resources   into   stronger   currencies   such   as   the   yen,   the   dollar   and   the   Swiss   franc,   leading  many  emergent  economies  to  seek  aid  from  the  International  Monetary  Fund.     The  European  Union  is  no  different  from  the  world  system  and  its  political  and  economic  coherence   rest   on   a   firm   response   to   the   economic   crisis.   However,   one   of   the   long-­term   worldwide   consequences   of   the   economic   breakdown   is   apparently   the   Eurocrisis   2010.   The   events,   which   dated   mainly   at   springtime   of   that   year,  concerned  an   important   community   of   European   states   called   "the   Euro  group",   namely   Portugal,   Spain,   France,  Ireland,  Belgium,  The  Netherlands,  Luxemburg,  Germany,  Finland,  Austria,  Italy,  and  Greece.   The  collapse  started  when  on  Friday,  May  7,  at  first  a  long-­desired  financial  help  package  for  Greece  was   constructed;;  but  it  was  obvious  that  also  other  states,  because  of  their  extremely  large  debts,  would  have  -­  or   already  had  -­  financial  difficulties.  Therefore  already  at  the  following  Sunday  a  large  crew  of  ministers  of  the  Euro   group   gathered   in   Brussels,   decided   on   a   mutual   financial   help   package   of   750  Billion  ¼ DW WKDW WLPH URXJKO\ 1000  Billion  $);;   and   finally   the   European   Central   Bank   announced   that   in   future   it   would   support   by   explicit   monetarian  help,  if  necessary,  government  bonds  of  the  states  of  the  Euro  group  (which  was  not  allowed  before,   because  of  fears  of  inflation).   Already  on  May  21,  2010  the  German  parliament,  actually  only  with  a  slight  majority,  was  the  first  one  to   accept  the  new  rules.   In  Europe,  a  number  of  major  financial  institutions  failed.  Others  needed  rescuing.   A   number   of   European   countries   have   attempted   different  measures   (as   they   seemed   to   have   failed   to   come  up  with  a  united  response).   For  example,  some  nations  have  stepped  in  to  nationalize  or  in  some  way  attempt  to  provide  assurance   IRUSHRSOH7KLVPD\LQFOXGHJXDUDQWHHLQJRISHRSOH¶VVDYLQJVRUKHOSLQJEURNHUGHDOVEHWZHHQODUJHEDQNV WRHQVXUHWKHUHLVQ¶WDIDLOXUH   In  Iceland,  where  the  economy  was  very  dependent  on  the  finance  sector,  economic  problems  have  hit   them  hard.  The  banking  system  virtually  collapsed  and  the  government  had  to  borrow  from  the  IMF  and  other   neighbors   to   try   and   rescue   the   economy.   In   the   end,   public   dissatisfaction   at   the   way   the   government   was   handling  the  crisis  meant  the  Iceland  government  fell.   The  EU  is  also  FRQVLGHULQJVSHQGLQJLQFUHDVHVDQGWD[FXWVVDLGWREHZRUWK¼EQ  over  two  years.  The   plan  is  supposed  to  help  restore  consumer  and  business  confidence,  shore  up  employment,  getting  the  banks   lending  again,  and  promoting  green  technologies.   5XVVLD¶VHFRQRP\LVFRQWUDFWLQJVKDUSO\  ZLWKPDQ\PRUHIHDUHGWRVOLGHLQWRSRYHUW\2QHRI5XVVLD¶VNH\ exports,   oil,   was   a   reason   for   a   recent   boom,   but   falling   prices   have   had   a   big   impact   and   investors   are   withdrawing  from  the  country.    The  current  financial  crisis  is  the  result  of  an  improperly-­regulated  banking  and  financial  sector  where  the   drive  for  corporate  profits  and  personal  wealth  created  a  culture  of  risk-­taking  on  an  unprecedented  scale.     Industrial  production  will   be  adversely  affected  by  the  crisis  through  both  price  effects  that  increase  the   cost  of  production  and  income  effects  that  decrease  the  demand  for  products  in  the  markets  (Magdoff,  F.  2002).   However   it   is   unclear   how   large   and   widespread   the   impact   is.   It   is   also   possible   that   some   enterprises   may   benefit  from  the  crisis;;  for  instance,  sectors  that  utilize  domestic  raw  material  and  export  all  their  products.  The   financial   crisis   and   climate   change   share   some   fundamental   characteristics.   Both   are   a   consequence   of   speculative   and   narrow   interests   superseding   the   common  interest,   both   evolved   dramatically   over   the   current   decade  and  both  have  global  implications.  Both  are  also  about  risk  and  how  it  is  priced  and  managed²  and  the   consequences  when  risk  management  goes  wrong.  

 

86  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism There   are   also   some   fundamental   differences.   First,   while   the   worst   impacts   of   the   financial   crisis  are  likely  to  pass  within  a  few  years  the  impacts  of  climate  change  could  be  felt  for  centuries.  Second,  the   risks  posed  by  climate  change  are  much  larger  than  those  posed  by  the  current  global  financial  crisis.   In  the  event  of  a  financial   or  economic  crisis,  environmental  concerns  are  put  on  the  back  burner.  One   factor  driving  this  behavior  is  the  perception  that  the  decline  in  production  will  automatically  lead  to  a  lower  level   of  pollution  (Garnaut  2008).  We  show,  on  the  contrary,  that  the  pollution  problem  may  become  worse  during  the   crisis  period.  The  net  effect  on  pollution  is  determined  by  the  interactions  of  three  factors:  decline  in  production,   increase   in   the   abatement   cost   due   to   the   higher   input   prices,   and   decrease   in   the   expected   cost   of   non-­ compliance  due  to  the  lower  inspection  and  enforcement  rate  caused  by  budget  cuts.  As  a  result,  the  reduction  in   pollution   due   to   lower   production   is   cancelled   out   by   the   increase   in   pollution   resulting   from   higher   pollution   abatement  cost  and  lower  inspection  and  enforcement  rates.   There  are  also  other  indirect  consequences  of  this  massive  public  investment  which  could  have  significant   impacts   (Hardisty   2008).   Among   them   are   the   possible   repercussions   on   the   SODQHW¶V environment,   and   in   particular   efforts   to   arrest   the   effects   of   climate   change.   Recent   studies   by   the   Intergovernmental   Panel   on   Climate   Change   (IPCC)   and   national   governments   have   suggested   that   the   cost   of   transitioning   the   global   economy  to  a  new  lower-­carbon  footing,  thus  significantly  reducing  the  risks  of  damage  from  climate  change,  is  in   the  order  of  1%  of  global  product  per  year  over  the  next  generation.    Depending  on  the  rate  of  global  growth,  we   need  to  spend  in  the  order  of  $200bn  a  year  over  the  next  20  years  or  so  building  new  cleaner  and  more  efficient   power   plants,   deploying   new   low-­emissions   vehicles   and   fuels,   constructing   energy-­efficient   buildings   and   communities,  saving  and  protecting  forests,  planting  new  trees,  vastly  improving  agricultural  and  water  efficiency,   and   reducing   poverty   around   the   world.     This   spending   would   generate   direct   economic   activity,   stimulate   demand   for   goods   and   services   throughout   the   global   economy,   and   support   innovative   new   products   and   businesses.     The   energy   sector   in   particular   needs   significant   investment   to   transition   to   lower   carbon   footing.   World  natural  gas  production  and  delivery  need  to  be  boosted  significantly  as  part  of  a  massive  effort  to  substitute   carbon-­intensive  coal  for  cleaner  natural  gas.  Our  electrical  power  generation  mix  needs  to  shift  fundamentally   over  the  next  20  years  towards  renewable  energy,  nuclear  power,  and  clean  coal  technology.    The  benefits  of  all   RI WKLV LQYHVWPHQW WR WKH ZRUOG¶V UHDO HFRQRP\ WKH SODQHW¶V environment,   and   ultimately   the   well-­being   of   humankind,  would  be  considerable  (Hardisty  2008).       The   struggle   over   environmental   problems   -­   the   land,   air,   and   water   degraded   with   poisons   and   other   harmful  chemicals,  the  destruction  of  large  areas  of  forests,  the  depletion  of  nonrenewable  resources,  and  the   loss   of   many   species   ±   goes   through   an   ebb   and   flow   similar   to   the   class   struggle.   When   enough   people,   sometimes   even   including   representatives   of   capital,   are   concerned   and   mobilized   over   threats   to   their   own   health  or  the  long-­term  well-­being  of  the  planet,  real  progress  can  occur  in  cleaning  up  the  environmental  mess   that  is  one  of  the  twin  crises  of  capitalist  production.  Of  course,  every  effort  is  made  by  capital  to  socialize  the   costs  of  such  cleanups,  by  using  general  tax  revenues  whenever  possible  (Magdoff  2002).   Before  the  crisis,  people  using  public  transportation  increased,  they  left  their  cars  at  home  and  car  pooling   gained  popularity,  all  for  the  sake  of  fuel  conservation.     With  the  reduced  price  of  oil  today,  due  to  the  financial  crisis,  people  may  just  decide  to  go  back  to  using   their  cars.  It  could  even  dampen  their  initial  enthusiasm  to  buy  hybrid  cars.   According  to  a  European  Union-­Commissioned  Study,  the  global  economy  is  losing  more  money  from  the   disappearance   of   forests   than   through   the   current   banking  crisis.   It   estimates   the   annual   cost  of   forest   loss   at   between  $2  and  $5  trillion.  The  report  explains  that  as  forests  decline,  nature  stops  providing  services  which  it   used  to  provide  essentially  for  free.  Consequently,  we  have  to  resort  to  building  water  reservoirs  and  facilities  to   sequester  carbon  dioxide,  or  farming  foods  that  were  once  naturally  available.    

3. The crisis in Romania     Not   too   long   ago   it   was   riding   the   wave   of   Eastern   Europe's   economic   boom.   With   8%   annual   growth,   Romania   -­   one   of   the   newest   members   of   the   European   Union   -­   was   the   envy   of   Old   Europe,   seemingly   impervious  to  the  global  economic  decline.     But  the  aura  of  invincibility  has  started  to  fade.   The  financial  crisis  is  also  felt  in  Romania.     In  the  current  macroeconomic  context,  Romania  is  exposed  to  the  effects  of  economic  and  financial  crisis,   which   may   materialize   in   the  plan   of   real   economy,   by   slowing   down   the   economical  growth   and   reducing   the   number  of  work  places.  

87  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   ³(IIHFWVRIWKHILQDQFLDOFULVLVZLOOKXUWWKHUHDOHFRQRP\RI5RPDQLDDQGWKHVLWXDWLRQZLOOQRWUHFRYHUZLWKLQ less  than  one  year  or  two,  and  Romania  will  take  the  heaviest  blows  in  the  coming  period1´ Romania  is  now  the  only  country  in  the  European  Union  with  a  junk  rating  on  its  bonds,  which  is  bad  news   for  the  Romanian  government,  given  that  investors  are  more  conscious  than  ever  of  ratings  downgrades.     A   country   which   attracted   7.2   bn   euros   (£5.8bn)   worth   of   investment   in   2007   appears   to   have   lost   its   appeal  to  investors.   Once   enthusiastic   about   Eastern   Europe,   investors   have   dumped   assets   amid   concerns   that   other   countries  with  large  debt  deficits  could  follow  Hungary  into  crisis.     The  downgrade  also  hit  the  local  currency,  the  Romanian  leu,  which  fell  against  the  euro.     Foreign  investors,  who  made  serious  money  in  Romania  in  the  last  decade,  are  now  suffering2.   French  car  maker  Renault  temporarily  closed  its  Romanian  plant,  Dacia,  as  demand  for  its  cheap  compact   model,  Logan,  started  to  dwindle  worldwide.     But  hardest  hit  is  the  once-­booming  property  market.  With  prices  in  old  communist  blocks  of  flats  falling   30%  year-­on-­year  and  new  developments  also  hit  by  from  falling  demand,  some  foreign  investment  funds  have  to   quit  the  country  overnight.       Zaman  G.  et.  al.  said  that  at  the  first  signs  of  the  financial  crisis  in  the  United  States  it  was  supposed  that   WKHDGYDQFHGHFRQRPLHVRI(XURSHVKRXOGQ¶WEHDIIHFWHGEXWWKHUHDOHVWDWHPDUNHWVLQVRPHFRXQWULHV 8QLWHG Kingdom,  Ireland,  Spain)  entered  the  crisis  in  2008,  suffering   significant  losses  and  triggering  panic  throughout   the  financial  sector.  By  the  end  of  2008,  the  effects  on  Europe  had  expanded  both  in  territory  (Germany,  France,   Sweden,   Benelux   etc.)   and   sectors   (including   housing   and   automotive   industry).   The   primary   capital   markets   have  also  entered  the  crisis,  which  required  the  States  intervention  through  nationalization,  in  whole  or  in  part,  of   the  credit  institutions  with  liquidity  problems,  spending  huge  amounts  of  public  money.   The   secondary   capital   markets,   respectively,   their   indexes   of   market   capitalization,   have   suffered   a   fall   down  to  20  percent  in  only  a  few  weeks  (end  of  September  and  the  first  half  of  October  in  2008).  Iceland  was  on   the   verge   of   financial   collapse   at   the   sovereign   level,   being   saved   in   extremis,   by   the   nationalization   of   three   major  banks,  with  financial  assistance  from  the  IMF.   Paradoxically,   despite   the   insignificant   proportion   of   toxic   assets   in   their   banking   system,   the   emerging   countries  of  Central  and  Eastern  Europe,  escaped  from  an  experimental  system  of  command  economy  and  going   through  a  transition  to  a  market  economy,  have  also  been  exposed  to  the  effects  of  the  crisis,  mainly  due  to  their   excessive  openness  to  the  foreign  capital,  including  the  financial  one,  sometimes  of  pure  speculative  nature.   The  effects  of  the  crisis  on  emerging  European  countries  have  been  multiplied  by  their  super  positioning  to   the  persistent  inflationary  pressures  caused  by  the  rise  of  energy,  raw  materials  and  agricultural  products  global   prices,  during  2007  until  the  second  half  of  2008.  Moreover,  in  this  context,  a  flight  of  foreign  capital  has  been   noticed,   some   of   these   countries   (Hungary,   Romania,   Czech   Republic,   Poland)   facing   a   sharp   depreciation   of   their   currencies   and   the   decline   of   investors   appetite,   which   resulted   in   an   increase   in   external   financial   imbalances.   During  the  first  quarter  of  2009  the  gross  domestic  product  of  Romania  fell  by  2.6  percent  compared  to   fourth  quarter  of  2008  (adjusted  data  taking  into  account  the  seasonal  variations)  and  6.4  percent  compared  to   first  quarter  2008  (data  not  adjusted).  The  fourth  quarter  of  2008  witnessed  a  reduction  of  gross  domestic  product   by  3.4  percent  over  the  third  quarter.  The  second  quarter  of  2009  saw  another  decline  of  GDP,  by  1.1  percent   compared  with  the  previous  quarter  and  by  8.8  percent  compared  with  the  same  period  of  2008.  So,  according  to   the  technical  definition  of  a  recession,  i.e.  a  decline  in  GDP  for  two  consecutive  quarters,  Romania  has  entered   recession  in  2009.   The  global  crisis  has  seriously  affected  in  2009  the  industrial  sector,  whose  main  branches  are  under  the   majority   control   of   foreign   capital   and   subsidiaries   of   multinational   corporations,   being   more   exposed   to   international  markets.  In  the  first  seven  months  of  2009,  the  industrial  production  decreased by  9.6  percent  over   the   same   period   of   last   year   (Table   1).   On   sections,   a   decline   by   10.8   percent   has   been   recorded   both   in   extractive   industry   and   manufacturing.   On   industry   groups,   more   severe   production   drop   was   in   intermediate   goods  (-­15.3  percent)  and  durable  consumer  goods  (-­17.4  percent).   In  the  first  eight  months  of  2009,  compared  with  the  same  period  of  2008,  the  biggest  fall  in  the  industrial   production  was  registered  in  manufacturing  of  basic  metals,  manufacture   of  other  nonmetallic  mineral  products   and  textiles.  Other  manufacturing   industries  in  decline  were  clothes,  paper  and  paper  products,  chemicals  and   1  Dumitru  I.

senior  economist  of  Raiffeisen  Bank  Romania.   Crisis  hits  Romania  at  poll  time. Analysis  by  Business  reporter,  BBC  News.  

2  Georgescu  V.

 

88  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism chemical  products,  rubber  and  plastics,  petroleum  products,  furniture.  Industries  less  affected  by  the  crisis  and   where  production  has  increased  during  the  analyzed  period  (wood  processing,  publishing  houses,  printing  and   reproduction  of  recorded  media,  manufacture  of  electric  equipment),  even  are  not  touching  essential  sectors  of   the  economy,  could  see  a  more  rapid  recover  (Zaman    et.  al.  2009).    

 

 

Table 1.  Industrial  production  in  Romania   August 2009 as compared with: August 2008

Jan-­Aug. 2009/ Jan-­Aug. 2008

84.2

94.7

90.9

103.5  

84.4  

88.5  

81.5  

92.9  

89.6  

ƒ Intermediate  goods    

93.9  

94.1  

85.9  

ƒ Capital  goods    

62.4  

91.8  

93.1  

ƒ Durable  consumer  goods    

95.7  

93.2  

83.4  

ƒ Nondurable  consumer  goods    

88.4  

89.8  

90.8  

100.9  

107.1  

98.3  

 

July 2009  

Industry ² total On sections :   ƒ Extractive  Industry     ƒ Manufacturing   On industry groups:  

ƒ Energy  industry      

Source: National  Institute  of  Statistics,  Press  Release  no  205,  7  October  2009.    

The  actors  involved  in  the  green  sector  see  themselves  forced  to  adapt  their  strategies,  taking  into  account   new  global  conditions,  the  difficulties  of  accessing  credits,  the  more  expensive  loans  and  even  closure  of  some   companies.  The  green  economy  is  going  down.  And  the  economic  environment  of  Romania  is  not  exempt  from   the  global  effects  of  the  financial  crisis.  Over  the  green  businesses  heavy  clouds  gathered.  In  the  latter  half  of   2008  the  overall  amount  spent  to  fund  clean  energy  related  projects  dropped  25%  and  reached  18  billion  dollars.   This  amount  will  continue  to  fall  at  the  beginning  2009  (Deleanu  2008).  In  recent  months,  global  green  market  has   lost  money,  and  companies  have  cut  ruthlessly  from  investments  in  alternative  energy.   $W WKH FDWHJRU\ ³SRWHQWLDO HIIHFWV´ LW LV FRQVLGHUHG WKDW WKH DXWKRULWLHV -­   especially   mayors   and   local   councils   -­   will   be   taken   off   their   environmental   responsibilities,   again   suffering   from   financial   deprivation.   Moreover,   the   European   funds   intended   for   Romania   will   reach   their   beneficiaries  in   our   country   harder.   Fund   raising  phenomenon,  as  well  as  environmental  funds  will  be  reduced;;  pressure  on  nature  and  natural  resources   will  reduce  due  to  the  lack  of  liquidity,  demand  for  products,  precious  metal  mining  and  quarrying  with  obvious   impact  on  the  environment,  which  is  already  stimulated  due  to  the  increasing  value  of  these  metals  in  relation  to   liquidity,  are  other  effects  of  the  crisis.  In  the  same  category,  other  conclusions  can  be  taken.  Poor  members  of   society,   already   exposed   to   environmental   risks,   are   even   more   vulnerable,   the   more   public   funds,   including   European  ones,  are  more  difficult  to  reach,  the  more    working  contracts  and  environmental  job  contracts  awarded   by  Procurement  will  be  increasingly  allocated  preferentially.   Some  analysts  believe  that  the  signs  of  crisis  are  not  very  visible  in  environmental  protection,  provided  that   this  is   not   a   priority  in   Romania.   "Not   when  actual   constraints   had   appeared,   nor   when  budgets   had   not  been   adapted   to   the   current   weak   economic   situation,   the   environment   was   not   of   age.   They   believe   that   once   the   crisis  installed  in  Romania,  the  green  will  be  even  more  left  aside  (Deleanu.  2008).     The  global  crisis  will  curb  economic  growth  of  Romania  in  2009  after  our  country  was  the  leader  of  Europe   in  2008   -­  an  increase  of  8.9%.  The  economy  could  record  more  than  1.2  million  unemployed;;  say  the  darkest   statistics  and  announced  salary  increases  could  be  postponed  (Grosereanu  2009).    According   to   the   gloomy   forecasts,   the   unemployment   rate   will   exceed   8%   in   2009,   and   the   number   unemployed  will   reach  1.2  million  people,  given  that  nearly  500,000  Romanians  will  return  to  the  country  from   Spain   and   Italy   and   in   the   context   of   doubling   the   number   of   unemployed   in   Romania.   The   most   affected   are   those  who  work  in  the  construction  area,  auto  parts  and  clothing  areas.  Latest  statistics  indicate  that  in  Romania   there  are  353,000  officially  registered  persons,  the  unemployment  rate  being  3.9%.     89  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   Ciutacu  C.3  (in  2009)  thinks  that  in  Romania,  the  social  partners  in  industry,  agriculture  and  tourism  and   the   central   and   local   public   administration   have   understood   the   importance   of   this   chance,   and   the   general   opinion  is  in  favour  of  a  green  economy.  In  this  context,  the  package  of  measures  designed  to  dampen  the  crisis   include   proposals   made   by   the   social   partners,   some   of   which   are   related   to   the   green   economy   and   environmental  protection.  There  is  much  talk  now  of  a  'green  reindustrialisation  of  Romania',  for  which  the  country   has  the  natural  resources,  but  lacks  the  finance.   This  mapping  and  inventory  exercise  will  help  to  take  stock  of  what  the  different  Member  States  and  social   partners  are  doing  to  mitigate  the  effects  of  climate  change  and  harness  the  potential  of  the  green  economy.  It  will   also  help  to  identify  particularly  interesting  and  successful  initiatives  which  can  be  shared  and  disseminated  as   positive  practice  examples.   With  the  annual  budget  for  2009  already  approved  and  tailored  to  buffer  the  worst  effects  of  the  crisis  that   ZHUH\HWWRIROORZDQGPLQGIXORIWKH(XURSHDQ&RPPLVVLRQ¶VFRQFHUQVIRUDQWL-­crisis  programs,  the  government,   the   employer   organizations,   the   trade   unions,   and   the   banking   and   financial   sector   have   set   up   joint   working   groups  to  draw  up  a  national  anti-­crisis  plan  After  several  rounds  of  talks  with  the  social  partners,  it  was  agreed   on  an  anti-­crisis  plan  consisting  of  23  measures  to  be  backed  up  by  some  EUR  13  billion.   Some  of  the  measures  proposed  target  the  green  economy.   Public  investments  will  be  made  to  improve  energy  efficiency  with  final  users,  in  accordance  with  Directive   2006/32/CE.  The  government  has  already  issued  an  emergency  ordinance  making  it  mandatory  for  dwellers  of   apartment  buildings  to  step  up  the  installation  of  energy-­saving  devices.   The  purpose  is  to  cut  on  energy  consumption  and  thereby  diminish  greenhouse  emissions  caused  by  the   use  of  central  heating  boilers  powered  by  coal  and  natural  gas.   Another  measure,  instituted  WKURXJKDJRYHUQPHQW¶VHPHUJHQF\RUGLQDQFHLVWKHUHVXPSWLRQLQRI the  renewal  of  the  automotive  fleet,  also  aimed  at  abating  pollution.   Among  'green  investments'  are  also  the  technical  upgrading  of  central  heating  plants,  the  building  of  new   nuclear-­power   stations,   and   the   development   of   the   energy   transport   routes   for   the   intake   of   the   energy   from   renewable  sources,  wind  included.   With  effect  from  this  year,  the  Ministry  of  the  Environment  has  started  charging  the  so-­called  eco-­tax,  a   charge  on  non-­degradable  plastic  bags.   Employer   organizations,   professional   associations   of   agricultural   and   food   industry   workers   criticize   the   fact  that  Romania  seems  to  be  the  only  European  Union  member  that  does  not  subsidize  agriculture  and  renders   no  state  aid  to  its  organic  farming  and  green  food  manufacturers,  although  the  area  cultivated  in  2008  according   to  organic  technologies  was  more  than  200,000  hectares.    

4. Concluding Remarks Economic   development   means   working   very   hard   to   create   something   in   one   place   and   to   destroy   something   in   another   place.   Climate   change   is   already   being   observed   through   rising   temperatures,   melting   glaciers,  shifting  rain  patterns,  increased  storm  intensity  and  rising  sea  levels.  Greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions   from  human  activities  ±  mainly  fossil  fuel  use,  deforestation  and  agriculture  ±  cause  climate  change.  During  the   crisis  the  emissions  of  CO2  are  diminished  and  this  is  good  for  the  environment.   As   a   general   conclusion,   short-­term   crisis   had   a   beneficial   effect   on   the   environment   by   reducing   emissions  of  pollutants  into  the  atmosphere,  by  reducing  discharges  into  the  main  rivers  of  Romania,  following  cut   down  mining  operations,  tourism,  economic,  generally.  But  long  term,  the  economic  crisis  could  have  a  negative   impact  on  the  environment,  due  to  the  reduction  of  funds  and  investments  in  the  green  industry.   The  good  conclusions:   ƒ Compared  to  other  European  country  Romania  has  high  levels  of  biodiversity  and  a  relatively  low  level   of  greenhouse-­gas  emissions  per  person.  Our  country's  environmental  legislation  is  slowly  coming  in  line  with  that   of  the  European.   The  bad  conclusions:   ƒ Romania's  environmental  infrastructure  is  insufficient;;   ƒ There  is  still  a  lot  of  pollution  from  agriculture,  energy,  and  transportation,  some  of  which  is  encouraged   by  subsidies  in  those  sectors;;   ƒ Road  traffic  (and  thus,  air  pollution)  has  increased;;  

3  Ciutacu  C.  -­  Institute  of  National  Economy,  Romanian  Academy  

 

90  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism ƒ Half  of  industrial   wastewater,  containing  mercury,  lead,  chromium,  zinc,  and  other  toxins,  is  still  being   discharged  untreated  into  rivers  and  coastal  waters;;   ƒ Patterns  of  production  and  consumption  are  unsustainable.    

References [1]  Amado  de  Jesus.  2006.  Financial  crisis  affects  environment.  Philippine  Daily  Inquirer.   [2]  Barbu,  C.M.,  Ghita,  E.,  Simionescu,  A.,  Preda,  A.,  Ghitulescu,  A.  2010.  Studies  on   pollutants  in  Jiu  and  Olt   Rivers  of  Romania.  Asian  Journal  of  Chemistry  Vol.  22,  No.  2(2010):1301-­1306.   [3]  Deleanu,  C.  2008.  Criza  muʓFă  din  sectorul  verde,  Green  Report,  in  Romanian.   [4]  Garnaut,  R.  2008.  Garnaut  Climate  Change  Review.  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  Canberra.   [5]  Grosereanu,  B.  2009.  2009  -­  sub  semnul  crizei  economice.  Gazeta  de  Sud,  Anul  14,  nr.  4321,  in  Romanian.   [6]  Hardisty,  P.E.  2008.  Environmental  Consequences  of  the  Financial  Crisis  (Crisis?  Which  Crisis?).  Middle  East   Economic  Survey,  Vol.  LI,  No  49.   [7]  Planul  de  dezvoltare  Regionala  Sud-­Vest  Oltenia,  2004-­2006,  in  Romanian.   [8]  0DJGRII)&DSLWDOLVP¶V7ZLQ&ULVHV(FRQRPLFDQG(QYLURQPHQWDOMonthly  Review  54(4):  1-­15.   [9]  Schwartz,  P.,  and  Randall,  D.  2003.  An  Abrupt  Climate  Change  Scenario  and  its  Implications  for  United  States   National  Security.  Report  to  the  US  Department  of  Defense,  Washington,  DC.   [10]  Stern,  N.  2006.  The  Economics  of  Climate.  The  Stern  Review.  Cambridge  University  Press.   [11]  Shah,  A.  2009.  Global  financial  crisis.  Global  Issues.     [12]   Zaman,   G.,   and   Georgescu,   G.   2009.   7KH LPSDFW RI JOREDO FULVLV RQ 5RPDQLD¶V HFRQRPLF GHYHORSPHQW Annales  Universitatis  Apulensis  Series  Oeconomica,  11(2).    

91  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION IN NATURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

George E. HALKOS Department  of  Economics,  University  of  Thessaly,  Greece      [email protected]   George PAPAGEORGIOU Department  of  Economics,  University  of  Thessaly,  Greece                         [email protected]          

Abstract Dynamic   modeling   is   general   and   recently   the   most   interesting   perspective   to   solve   a   dynamic   economic   problem   EDVHGRQ3RQWU\DJLQ¶VPD[LPXP  principle.  Moreover  traditional  economic  theory,  up  to  the  middle  of  twentieth  century,  builds   XSWKHSURGXFWLRQIXQFWLRQVUHJDUGOHVVWKHLQSXWV¶VFDUFLW\1RZDGD\VLWLVFOHDUWKDWERWKWKHLQSXWVDUHGHSOHWDEOHTXDQWLWies   and  a  lot  of  constraints  are  imSRVHGLQWKHLUXVDJHLQRUGHUWRHQVXUHHFRQRPLFVXVWDLQDELOLW\)RUH[DPSOHWKHLQSXW³RLO´ used   in   the   production   is   a   non   renewable   resource   so   it   can   be   exhausted.   In   a   same   way   every   biomass   resides   in   ecosystems  is  a  resource  that  can  be  used  in  a  generalized  production  function  for  capital  accumulation  purposes  but  the   latter  resource  is  a  renewable  one.  The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  the  presentation  of  some  natural  resources  dynamic  models   in  order  to  extract  the  optimal  trajectories  of  the  state  and  control  variables  for  the  optimal  control  economic  problem.  We   show  how  methods  of  infinite  horizon  optimal  control  theory  developed  for  natural  resources  models.  

Keywords:  Dynamic  optimization,  optimal  control,  maximum  principle,  natural  resources   JEL Classiffication:    C61,  C62,  Q32   1. Introduction In  economic  literature  one  of  the  driving  forces  in  a  market  economy  is  the  growth  of  firms  and  industries.   While   traditionally   economists   have   analysed   firm   and   industry   growth   under   the   assumption   of   perfectly   competitive  product  markets  in  a  static  framework  (i.e.  firms  are  assumed  to  be  price  takers  in  the  output  market)   more   recent   research   has   focused   on   intertemporal   dynamical   theoretic   models   of   growth   and   capital   accumulation.   Moreover   traditional   economic   theory,   up   to   the   middle   of   twentieth   century,   builds   up   the   SURGXFWLRQIXQFWLRQVUHJDUGOHVVWKHLQSXWV¶VFDUFLW\   Nowadays  it  is  clear  that  both  the  inputs  are  depletable  quantities  and  a  lot  of  constraints  are  imposed  in   WKHLU XVDJH WR HQVXUH HFRQRPLF VXVWDLQDELOLW\ )RU H[DPSOH WKH LQSXW ³RLO´   used   in   the   production   is   a   non   renewable  resource  so  it  can  be  exhausted.  In  a  same  way  every  biomass  resides  in  ecosystems  is  a  resource   that  can  be  used  in  a  generalized  production  function  for  capital  accumulation  purposes  but  the  latter  resource  is   a  renewable  one.  With  the  above  simplified  classification  of  the  natural  resources  several  constraints  arises  in   their  usage.  One  reasonable  constraint  for  the  exhaustible  resource  could  be  the  fact  that  the  rate  of  extraction   reduces   the   remainder   stock.   In   the   field   of   renewable   resources   a   serious   constraint   could   be   the   fact   that   KXPDQKDUYHVWLQJHIIRUWFDQ¶WEHJUHDWHUWKDQWKHJURZWKRIWKHUHVRXUFH   On  the  other  hand  dynamic  modeling  is  general  and  recently  the  most  interesting  perspective  to  solve  a   G\QDPLFHFRQRPLFSUREOHPEDVHGRQ3RQWU\DJLQ¶VPD[LPXPSULQFLSOH7KHPDLQYDULDEOHVLQYROYHGLQDG\QDPLF model  distinguished  in  two  broad  categories,  the  state  and  control  variables.  A  state  variable  is  defined  as  the   variable   that   describes   the   state   of   an   economic  system   that   transferred   from   an   initial   time   (time  zero)   to   the   terminal   time   with  an   optimal   way.   Control  variables   are   those   that   help   (under   appropriate   manipulations)   the   transfer  from  an  initial  to  the  terminal  time  in  an  optimal  way  of   WKHV\VWHP¶VVWDWH,QRXUFDVHVVWDWHYDULDEOHV could  be  the  resource  stock  while  control  variables  are  the  human  rate  of  extraction.   The   purpose   of   this   paper   is   the   presentation   of   some   natural   resources   dynamic   models   in   order   to   extract  the  optimal  trajectories  of  the  state  and  control  variables  for  the  optimal  control  economic  problem.  We   show  how  methods  of  infinite  horizon  optimal  control  theory  developed  for  renewable  resources  models.    

2. The first model We   assume   a   representative   competitive   firm   that   extracts   a   renewable   resource   and   the   stock   of   the   resource  evolves  according  to  the  following  differential  equation:  

 

92  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism

   

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The   left   hand   side   of   the   above   equation   (1)   means   the   instantaneous   change   in   the   current   resource   stock  while  the  right  hand  side  consists  of  the  two  following  functions.  The  implicit  function   denotes  the   resource   evolution   (births   and   deaths)   that   is   clearly   a   function   of   the   existing   resource   stock   .   With   the   second   term   of   the   right   hand   side   of   equation   (1)     we   denote   the   human   harvesting   effort   (rate   of   extraction)  of  the  resource  at  the  same  time  instant   t  ZKLFKHIIRUWFOHDUO\UHGXFHVUHVRXUFH¶VVWRFN6RHTXDWLRQ (1)  completely  GHVFULEHVVWRFN¶VDFFXPXODWLRQDWWLPHLQVWDQW t .  It  is  worth  noting  that  implicit  function    is   OHIWLQDJHQHUDOIRUPLQRUGHUWRJHQHUDOL]HPRGHO¶VDQDO\VLVWKDWIROORZV   Moreover   we   assume   that   the   resource   extractor   sells   the   renewable   resource   at  a   price     which  is   maybe  a  constant,  while  extraction  cost  is  described  again  implicitly  as  a  function  of  the  current  stock   ,  that  is   the   generalized   cost   function  of   the   form   .   Representative   firm   (or   agent)   faces   now   an   infinite  horizon   intertemporal  utility  maximization  problem  as  in  the  following    

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)  

subject   to   the   resource   accumulation   equation,   that   is   equation   (1).   State   variable   of   the   maximization   problem  is  the  renewable  resource  stock   ,  while  control  variable  is  the  rate  of  extraction  of  the  resource   .     In  order  to  solve  the  above  optimal  control  problem  we  apply  techniques  analyzed  by  the  optimal  control   theory  and  more  specifically  we  form  the  Hamiltonian  current  value  function  as  follows:    

         

 

 

 

 

 

(3)  

With    to  denote  the  costate  variable  which  associates  (shadow  price)  with  the  state   .     Because  the  function  of  the  resource  population  evolution    is  left  in  undetermined  form  we  assume   moreover  that  the  system  evolves  in  the  steady  states.   ,QZKDWIROORZVZHWDNHILUVWRUGHUFRQGLWLRQVDQGZH¶OOWU\WRLPSRVHVHYHUDOUHDOZRUOGFRQGLWLRQVLQRUGHU to  find  the  stability  of  equilibrium.     3. Qualitative equilibrium analysis The  first  order  conditions  for  the  above  Hamiltonian  function  are    

 

                       

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)  

   

 

 

 

(5)  

and  the  steady  state  conditions   .   Substituting  (1)  into  (5)  and  making  use  of  (4)  we  arrive  into  the  following  equation,  under  the  assumption   that  the  renewable  resource  selling  price  is  constant:              

 

 

 

 

 

Equation  (6)  QRZH[SUHVVHVWKHPRGHO¶VVWHDG\VWDWHRIWKHV\VWHPIRUWKHVWDWHDQGFRVWDWHRUELWV   In  order  to  ensure  unique  equilibrium  we  impose  further  restrictions  on  the  involved  variables.    

93  

(6)  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   Condition 1.   Extraction   cost   function   is   decreasing   function   with   respect   to   the   resource   stock,   that   is    

 

Condition 2.  The  population  evolution  function  is  positive,  but  is  a  decreasing  function  with  respect  to  the   resource  stock,  that  is   ,  and   .    

Condition 3.  We  impose    which  means  that  price  is  beneficial  with  respect  to  extraction  cost.   The   above   imposed   conditions   seems   to   be   in   reality   and   if   are   they   then   the   signs   of   both   sides   of   equation  (6)  are  negatives.   Differentiation  of  the  left  hand  side  of  equation  (6)  reveals  the  quantity    

         

 

 

 

 

 

(7)  

which  is  clearly  a  positive  quantity  further  imposing  the  next  condition.   Condition 4.  Harvesting  cost  increases  with  respect  to  the  population  size  with  an  increasing  rate,  that  is   .    

Quantity   (7)  ensures  that  the  left  hand  side  of  equation   (6)  is  an  increasing  function  with  respect  to  the   equilibrium   resource   stock   denoted   by .   Obviously   if   we   assume   the   renewable   resource   grows   up   in   an   increasing   rate,   then   the   right   hand   side   of   equation   (6)   is   a   decreasing   function   of   the   equilibrium   population   variable .  Consequently  we  have  only  one  value  of  the  variable    that  satisfies  equation   (6).  Since  the  left   hand  side  of  (6)  is  a  strictly  negative  increasing  quantity,  if  there  exists  a  positive  value  of  the  variable    such   that   the   right   hand   side   of   WKH VDPH HTXDWLRQ YDQLVKHV WKHQ ZH¶OO KDYH D XQLTXH VWHDG\ VWDWH VWRFN RI WKH resource.  The  later  requires  harvesting  cost  to  increase  until  the  resource  selling  price    for  a  small  but  positive   value  of  the  resource  stock.  In  this  way  the  last  imposed  condition  must  be  the  following.    

Condition 5.     We  record  previous  discussion  into  the  next  proposition.   Proposition 1.  The  renewable  resource  harvesting  model  achieves  unique  steady  state  equilibrium  under   the  imposed  conditions  1  ±  5.    

4. The second model Now  we  consider  the  problem  of  optimal  harvesting  policy  of  a  renewable  resource.  Therefore  we  assume   a  representative  agent  that  enjoys  utility  from  harvesting  of  the  renewable  resource  and  utility  is  a  function  of  the   extraction  rate    so  it  can  be  expressed  implicitly  as   .  As  in  the  usual  practice  in  order  to  form  the   standard  optimal  control  maximization  problem  we  must  specify  the  equation  for  the  resource  accumulation.  We   FRQVWUXFW UHQHZDEOH UHVRXUFH¶V VWRFN DFFXPXODWLRQ IXQFWLRQ Ds   a   function   of   the   population   evolution   and   the   KXPDQKDUYHVWLQJ7KHUHIRUHZHDFFHSWIURPELRORJ\¶VOLWHUDWXUHWKHIROORZLQJJURZWKIXQFWLRQDOIRUP4.    

 

Where     is   the   resource   stock   and   c   LV D QDWXUH¶V FRQVWDQW DERYH WKH YDOXH Rf   which   population   decays  (i.e.  diseases  diffusion).     With  the  previous  population  growth  function  acceptance  the  instantaneous  change  in  the  resource  stock   can  be  expressed  as      

                 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)                

4   7KHUHQHZDEOHUHVRXUFH¶VSRSXODWLRQJURZWKIXQFWLRQLVRQHRIWKHDFFHSWDEOHIXQFWLRQVIURPELRORJ\¶VOLWHUDWXUH$

second  well  defined  function  could  be  the  so  called  Gompertz  growth  function  defined  as   g(x) = x [1-­ lnx ]  with   x  to  denotes   WKHUHQHZDEOHUHVRXUFH¶VVWRFN    

94  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism where  the  harvesting  effort   reduces  the  renewable  resource  stock  accumulation.   The  problem  of  the  representative  agent  is  now  set  as  the  utility  maximization  problem  subject  to  resource   accumulation  constraint  that  is  the  problem:    

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9)  

 

   

 

which  is  an  optimal  control  problem  with  the  state  and  control  variables  

 and  

respectively.  

5. Equilibrium analysis We  proceed  with  the  equilibrium  analysis  for  the  described  model.   Proposition 2.   Optimal   trajectories   of   the   state   and   control   variables   following  differential  equations:  

  and  

  satisfies   the  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)  

Proof We  form  the  Hamiltonian  of  problem  (9)  e.g.  the  function:    

 

 

&RQGLWLRQVIRUWKH3RQWU\DJLQ¶VPD[LPXPSULQFLSOHDUHPHWFRQVHTXHQWO\WKHWLPHSDWKVRIWKHVWDWHDQG control  variables  satisfies  the  following  system  of  equations:    

                               

   

                 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13)  

             

 

 

 

 

 

(14)  

where      denotes  the  shadow  price  of  state  variable   .   Differentiation   of   the   right   hand   side   of   (14)   with   respect   to   the   control   variable   maximum  determined  from  the  following  equation.  

  reveals   that   the  

 

 

                                           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15)  

                         

 

 

 

 

(16)  

Further  differentiation  of  (15)  w.r.t.  time  now  yields    

 

Substituting  into  (16)  the  (13)  we  now  have:      

  95  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

 

 

Solving  last  equation  we  derive  the  desired  maximized  solutions      

 

                                         

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17)  

                                         

 

 

 

 

 

(18)  

as  proposition  2  claims.   We   assume   moreover   for   the   constant   ,   that   expresses   the   critical   value   above   this   the   renewable   resource  stock  decreases,  satisfies  the  inequality      (the  critical  value  is  greater  than  the  discount  factor),   then  we  record  the  next  proposition.   Proposition 3.  There  exists  a  unique  saddle  point  equilibrium  of  the  above  model  under  the  assumption   c > ȡ  that  is  given  from  the  solutions  of  equations  (17)  and  (18).   Proof The  system  of  (17)  and  (18)  admits  an  equilibrium  point  in  the  positive  quadrant.  Clearly  because   equilibrium  determined  as  the  intersection  point  of  the  parabola   is  easy  verified  that  equilibrium  point  is  the  point:  

 and  the  straight  line  

  .  Now  

.   In   order   to   determine   the   solution   behavior   in   a   vicinity   of   equilibrium   points   we   consider   the   Jacobian   matrix  of  (17)  and  (18)  at  the  point   .  Simple  calculations  shows  that  the  Jacobian  matrix  of  derivatives  is   given  from  the  matrix:  

.   The  characteristic  polynomial  of  the  above  matrix  is  

 and    

      is  the  determinant  of  the  matrix.  With  the  assumptions  that  utility  is  increasing  with  respect  to  harvesting   effort  but  with  decreasing  rate,  that  is       obviously .   The   latter   implies   that   characteristic   polynomial   has   one   negative  and  one  positive  real  root.  Consequently  solution    is  a  saddle  point  equilibrium.  The  isoclines  are     for     and     for   .   The   behavior   inside   the   sectors   is   given   from   the   following   Figure  1.        

 

96  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism                                  p                                    4                                                2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           n                                                                        2                                            4  

 

                Figure 1.  Phase  diagram  for  the  system    (17)  and  (18)  

6. Concluding remarks In  this  paper  we  show  how  methods  of  infinite  horizon  dynamic  optimal  control  theory  developed  in  the   field   of   natural   resource   economics.   We   begin   first   with   methodology   analysis   and   second   we   propose   two   dynamical  models  of  renewable  resources.     As  methodology  suggests  main  variables  involved  in  an  optimal  control  problem  distinguished  in  the  states   and  controls.  A  state  variable  is  the  variable  that  only  monitors  the  state  of  the  economic  system  that  transferred   form   an   initial   point   time   to   the   terminal   time.   Control   variables   are   the   chosen   policy   instruments   that   aid   the   motion  of  the  state  to  make  in  an  optimal  way.  One  other  variable  involved  at  the  solution  process  is  the  so  called   costate  or  auxiliary  variable  that  is  the  shadow  price  of  the  state.  The  vehicle  through  the  latter  variable  enters   into  the  maximization  process  is  the  well  known  Hamiltonian  function.   To   that   end   we   propose   two   dynamical   models   managing   renewable   resource   extraction.   Accepting   optimal   control   theory   we   define   as   state   variable   the   resource   stock   and   as   control   variable   the   human   harvesting   effort.   In   the   first   model   we   assume   a   generalized   population   growth   function   in   order   to   build   the   FRQVWUDLQWVXQGHUZKLFKUHSUHVHQWDWLYHILUP¶VXWility  maximization  problem  set  and  impose  some  reality  conditions   in   order   to   conclude   the   unique   equilibrium   of   the   system.   In   the   second   proposed   model   we   borrow   from   ELRORJ\¶V OLWHUDWXUH DQ DGPLVVLEOH SRSXODWLRQ JURZWK IXQFWLRQ DQG IRXQG WKH FRQGLWLRQV under   which   the   unique   saddle  point  equilibrium  exists.    

References [1]  Benchekroun,  H.,  and  Long,  N.V.  2001.  Tranboundary  Fishery:  A  Differential  Game  Model.  Economica,  69,   207  ±  221.   [2]  Brock,  W.A.,  and  Starrett,  D.  2003.   Managing  Systems  with   non±convex  Positive  Feedback.  Environmental   and  Resource  Economics,  26:  575  ±  602.   [3]   Dasgupta,   P.,   and   Maler,   K.G.   2003.   The   Economics   of   Non   ±   Convex   Ecosystems:   Introduction.   Environmental  and  Resource  Economics,  26:  499  ±  525.   [4]  Dockner,  E.J.  et  al.  2000.  Differential  Games  in  Economics  and  Management  Science,  Cambridge,  Cambridge   University  Press.     [5]  Hotelling,  H.  1931.  The  economics  of  exhaustible  resources.  Journal  of  Political  Economy  39:  137  ±  175.   [6]  Levhari,  D.,  and  Mirman,  L.  1980.  The  great  fish  war.    Bell  Journal  of  Economics:  322-­344.   [7]   Pontryagin   et   al.   1961.   The   Mathematical   Theory   of   Optimal   Processes,   Gordon   and   Breach   Science   Publishers  (translated  by  K.N.  Trirogoff).   [8]   Stiglitz,   J.   1976.   Monopoly   and   the   Rate   of   Extraction   of   Exhaustible   Resources.   The   American   Economic   Review,  66  (4):  655  ±  661.   97  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

DO ISO14001 EMS COMPANIES IN MALAYSIA REWARD EMPLOYEES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES?  Harjeet KAUR                            HELP  University  College  Malaysia Faculty  of  Business,  Economics  and  Accounting     Department  of  Business                          [email protected]     Abstract The   environmental   management   literature   recommends   that   companies   committed   towards   achieving   their   sustainable  environmental  aspirations  should  establish  a  rewards  scheme  for  reinforcing  employee  motivation  in  the  search   for  innovative  solutions  to  environmental  problems.  This  paper  will  assess  whether  rewards1  will  provide  a  good  indicator  of   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives2   in   some   of   the   leading   environmentally   proactive   ISO   14001   companies   in   Malaysia.  Of  the  two  hundred  and  twenty  three  survey  responses  used  in  the  final  data  analysis,  two  hundred  and  eleven   responses  are  from  the  recipiHQWVRIWKH0DOD\VLDQ3ULPH0LQLVWHU¶V+LELVFXV$ZDUG 30+$ 7KH30+$ZDVILUVWODXQFKHG LQDV0DOD\VLD¶VSUHPLHUSULYDWHVHFWRUHQYLURQPHQWDODZDUGIRUEXVLQHVVDQGLQGXVWU\0RUHRYHUJLYHQWKDWHPSOR\HHV¶ job  appraisals  rarely  include  an  environmental  category,  several  environmental  initiatives  are  proposed  which  could  provide   SUDFWLWLRQHUVDWRROWRDVVHVVHPSOR\HHV¶SHUIRUPDQFHHYDOXDWLRQ7KHGDWDZDVWUHDWHGWRGHVFULSWLYHUHOLDELOLW\YDOLGLW\and   correlation   analysis   using   the   SPSS   computer   program   version   16.   The   rewards   and   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­ initiatives  constructs  exhibited  good  internal  consistency  and  adequate  construct  validity.  In  summary  the  findings  suggest   that  middle  and  lower  level  employees  are  rarely  rewarded  for  their  environmental  initiatives.        

Keywords:  rewards,  recognition,  eco-­initiatives,  environmental  management,  ISO  14001,  EMS.   JEL Classification: Q2,  Q5    

1. Introduction $Q HQYLURQPHQWDO PDQDJHPHQW V\VWHP (06  SURYLGHV WKH IUDPHZRUN IRU FRPSDQLHV WR µV\VWHPDWLFDOO\ LGHQWLI\ SULRULWL]H PDQDJH PLWLJDWH DQG GRFXPHQW WKH HQYLURQPHQWDO DVSHFWV DQG LPSDFWV RI LWV RSHUDWLRQV¶ (Graves  2003,  62).  Employees  are  willing  to  be  held  responsible  for  protecting  the  environment  only  when  they   are  properly  rewarded  or  motivated  to  do  so  (Quazi  1999).  Empirical  findings  suggest  that  line  managers  should   have  rewards  at  their  disposal  in  order  to  reinforce  employee  environmental  problem  solving  (Ramus,  and  Steger   2000,  Ramus  2002,  Ramus  2001).  According  to  Daily,  and  Huang  (2001)  rewards  reinforce  empowerment  and   good-­decision   making,   improving   the   corrective   and   preventive   measures   employees   initiate   in   the   implementation   of   the   ISO14001   EMS.   In   a   study   of   eight   oil   and   gas   firms   operating   in   the   United   Kingdom   Continental   Shelf   (UKCS),   Strachan   et   al.   (2003)   discovered   that   rewards   and   recognition   schemes   were   the   main   methods   employed   to   sustain   employee   motivation   for   ISO   14001   EMS   implementation.   To   date   issues   pertaining   to   environmental   training   and   management   support   have   received   the   greatest   attention   in   the   environmental  management  literature  while  issues  of  rewards  have  received  less  (Massoud  et  al.  2007,  496).     This  paper  will  assess  whether  rewards  will  provide  a  good  indicator  of  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­ initiatives  in  some  of  the  leading  environmentally  proactive  ISO  14001  EMS  companies  in  Malaysia.  In  addition   several  environmental  initiatives  are  proposed  which  should  EHDSDUWRIHPSOR\HHV¶SHUIRUPDQFHDSSUDLVDO    

2. Ecoinitiatives Eco-­initiatives  are  actions  (or  initiatives)  taken  by  individuals  and  teams  that  improve  the  environmental   performance  of  the  companies  (Ramus  2002,  Ramus  2001).  The  case  study  of  Kitazawa  and  Sarkis  (2000)  of  the   relationship   between   ISO   14001   EMS   and   the   continuous   source   reduction   programmes   of   three   industrial   companies   identified   employee   willingness   to   make   suggestions   for   improvement   as   one   of   their   three   crucial   factors   for   managing   source   reduction   programs   (i.e.   reducing   waste   or   toxicity   of   substances).   To   quote   Govindarajulu,  DQG'DLO\  µEmployees  actively  involved  in  environmental  endeavors  may  significantly   HQKDQFHDFRPSDQ\¶VFKDQFHIRUVXSHULRUHQYLURQPHQWDOperformance.  Employees  who  feel  empowered  to  make   changes   for   environmental   efficiencies   may   provide   opportunities   for   improvement   to   the   product   and   reduce   waste.  This  should  lead  to  greener  product  and  green  savings  from  waste  elimination.  These  efficiencies  should   DOVRLQVRPHZD\HLWKHULQGLUHFWO\RUGLUHFWO\LQFUHDVHFXVWRPHUVDWLVIDFWLRQ¶.    

 

98  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Several   companies  have  benefited  from  their  employees  creative  environmental  solutions  which  lead  to   significant  improvements  in  the  environmental  performance.Nordstrom  and  3M  are  examples  of  firms  that  offer   UHZDUGV IRU LQGLYLGXDO VXJJHVWLRQV WKDW KHOS ERWK WKH FRPSDQ\¶V ERWWRP OLQH DQG WKH HQYLURQPHQW 0D\,   and   Flannery  1995).  )RUH[DPSOHRQHVLPSOHVXJJHVWLRQWRUHGXFHHOHFWULFLW\XVHIRU1RUGVWURP¶V³/HDQDQG*UHHQ´ program   saved   the  company  $600-­700   per   year.   The   employee  suggested   that   individuals   turn   out   their  office   lights   when   they   go   to   lunch,   on   break,   or   to   a   meeting   (May,   and   Flannery   1995,  35).   At   Neste   Oxo   plant   in   Steningsund,   Sweden,   a   team   of   employees   suggested   that   residue   from   the   aldehyde   plant   be   distilled   one   additional  time  resulting  in  higher  productivity,  lower  costs,  and  lower  airborne  emissions  (Ramus  2001,  101).     Although  support  from  top  managers  is  crucial  to  EMS  success,  proactive  environmental  initiatives  often   come  from  middle  and  lower  parts  of  the  organization  (Pun   et  al.  2002).  For  example,  research  findings  in  the   quality  management  literature  suggest  that  production  workers  are  more  important  to  their  pollution  prevention   efforts  than  R&D  staff,  suppliers,  customers  or  consultants  (Florida  1996).  Despite  the  significant  role  production   ZRUNHUVSOD\LQLPSURYLQJWKHFRPSDQLHV¶HQYLURQPHQWDOSHUIRUPDQFHWhere  have  been  relatively  few  studies  that   have   investigated   shop   floor   reactions   to   EMS   via   survey   questionnaire.   Further   studies   in   this   area   are   now   required.  Employees  are  generally  more  knowledgeable  about  the  intricacies  of  the  ISO14001  EMS  operations   and   systems   and   can   provide   managers   with   valuable   suggestions   for   improving   environmental   performance   (Zutshi,  and  Sohal  2003).     Ramus,   and   Steger   (2000)   assessed   whether   organizational   environmental   policies   and   supervisory   support   behaviors  provide   a  good   indicator   of   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   in   six   environmentally   proactive   companies   in   Europe.   The   companies   represented   a   number   of   industries,   including   chemicals,   entertainment,  manufacturing,  medical  devices,  oil  and  retail.  353  survey  responses  were  received  from  mid-­and-­ low   level   employees   from   diverse   workforce   units   representing   different   functions,   divisions   and   geographic   locations.   The   categories   of   supervisory   support   behaviors   that   were   rank   ordered   by   the   respondents   to   the   survey  as  having  the  greatest  impact  on  their  willingness  to  eco-­innovate  are:  1)  environmental  communication,   2)   environmental   competence   building,   3)   environmental   rewards   and   recognition,   4)   management   of   environmental  goals  and  responsibilities,  and  5)  environmental  innovation.  Findings  indicate  that  the  existence  of   a   pubOLVKHG HQYLURQPHQWDO SROLF\ DQG VXSHUYLVRU\ VXSSRUW EHKDYLRUV HQFRXUDJHG HPSOR\HHV¶ ZLOOLQJQHVV WR promote   eco-­initiatives.   Supervisory   support   for   environmental   information   dissemination   (i.e.   environmental   communication)  had  no  significant  impact  on  employee  eco-­initiatives.       The  ISO  14001  standard  involves  implementation  and  continuous  improvement  of  five  key  elements:  the   environmental  policy;;  the  environmental  plan;;  implementation  and  operation  of  programs  to  meet  objectives  and   targets;;  checking  and  corrective  action;;  and  management  review  (Zutshi,  and  Sohal  2004,  Babakri  et  al.  2003,   Aboulnaga   1998).   The   existence   of   a   published   environmental   policy   in   ISO   14001   companies   may   indirectly   affect  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives.      

3. Rewards and recognition in environmental management The   significance   of   rewards   for   successful   implementation   of   ISO14001   EMS   is   well   supported   by   the   literature )RU H[DPSOH LQ WKH FDWHJRULHV RI VXSHUYLVRU\ VXSSRUWLYH EHKDYLRUV RI 5DPXV DQG 6WHJHU¶V   study,   environmental   rewards   and   recognition   is   the   second   most   significant   factor   that   encouraged   employee   willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives.  Recently,  Daily  et  al.  (2003,  2007) studied  the  impact  of  human  resource  factors   on  employee  perception  of  environmental  performance  in  a  large  organization  currently  certified  to  ISO  14001.   Findings  suggest  that  PDQDJHPHQWVXSSRUWIRUDQ(06(06WUDLQLQJHPSOR\HH¶Vpsychological  empowerment,   teamwork,  and  EMS  rewards  have  a  significant  relationship  to  perceived  environmental  performance  and  may  be   significant  predictors  of  success  or  failure  in  the  implementation  of  an  EMS.  Govindarajulu,  and  Daily  (2004,  365)   presented   a   comprehensive   theoretical   framework   for   environmental   performance   by   looking   at   the   crucial   employer   and   employee   factors   affecting   environmental   performance.   Management   commitment,   employee   empowerment,   feedback   and   review,   and   rewards   are   key   elements   in   increasing   employee   motivation   for   successful  implementation  of  an  ISO14001  EMS  and  hence  enhanced  environmental  performance.     Russo,  and  Harrison  (2005)  showed  by  means  of  an  empirical  analysis  that  when  managerial  pay  is  tied  to   environmental   performance,   electronics   facilities   in   the   U.S   reported   improvements   in   their   environmental   performance.  In  another  empirical  study,  Berrone,  and  Gomez-­Mejia  (2009)  survey  of  large  companies  in  the  U.S   revealed  that  good  environmental  performance  increases  CEO  pay.  Some  employees  may  be  more  motivated  by   non-­monetary  rewards,  recognition  and  praise  than  other  factors  (Govindarajulu,  and  Daily  2004).  For  example,   'RZ &KHPLFDO EHOLHYHV FDVK DZDUGV IRU HPSOR\HHV¶ LQQRYDWLYH ZDVWH UHGXFWLRQ LGHDV FDQ DFWXDOO\ EH GH-­ motivating.  Thus  instead  of  receiving  cash  awards,  employees  are  awarded  an  engraved  plaque  given  at  formal   99  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   awards  ceremony  (Denton  1999).  Case  study  findings  at  Cooke  Brothers  Ltd  showed  that  recognition  for  work   well  done  was  an  effective  means  of  promoting  positive  attitudes  and  increased  involvement  at  lower  levels  for   WKHDSSOLFDWLRQRI6DVDPHDQVRILPSURYLQJHQYLURQPHQWDOSHUIRUPDQFH 2¶K(RFKD    According  to  Govindarajulu,  and  Daily  (2004)  sometimes  negative  reinforcements  may  be  necessary  for   making  employees  perform  certain  environmental  improvement  tasks.  Although  the  use  of  negative  rewards  can   avoid  certain  kinds  of  behaviors,  the  authors  cautioned  that  problems  associated  with  turnover,  absenteeism,  and   self-­protective  behaviors  (i.e.  failure  to  disclose  environmental  problems  when  they  arise)  may  intensify.     A  survey  on  some  of  the  best  known  pollution  reducing  companies  in  the  world  revealed  that  rarely  are   incentives,   bonuses,   salaries   and   promotions   linked   to   environmental   performance.   In   addition   HPSOR\HHV¶ MRE appraisals  rarely  included  an  environmental  category  (Denton  1999).  Companies  need  to  decide  if  environmental   LQLWLDWLYHV DQG LPSURYHPHQWV VKRXOG EH D SDUW RI HPSOR\HHV¶ SHUIRUPDQFH DSSUDLVDO DV LW FRXOG EH D PDMRU motivating   factor   for   some   employees   (Govindarajulu,   and   Daily   2004).   In   fact   Miles,   and   Russell   (1997)   suggested  that  employee  performance  evaluations  could  include  environmental  concern  as  well  as  recycling  and   waste   reduction   initiatives.   Environmental   concern   according   to   SchXOW]    LV µOLQNHG WR WKH GHJUHH WR which  people  view  themselves  as  part  of  the  QDWXUDOHQYLURQPHQW¶  In  this  paper  several  environmental  initiatives   DUHSURSRVHGZKLFKFRXOGSURYLGHSUDFWLWLRQHUVDWRROWRDVVHVVHPSOR\HHV¶SHUIRUPDQFHHYDOXDWLRQ.     In   contrast   to   extrinsic   motivation,   which   is   based   on   rewards   and   punishments   controlled   by   the   organization,  intrinsic  motivation  is  based  on  positively  valued  (rewarding)  experiences  that  a  person  gets  directly   from  their  work  tasks  (Quigley,  and  Tymon  2006).  Takahashi  (2006)  examined  the  effects  of  wage  and  promotion   incentives  on  the  motivation  levels  of  Japanese  employees  working  in  75  companies  of  Toyota  Group.     5HVXOWV VKRZHG WKDW ERWK SURPRWLRQ DQG ZDJHV SRVLWLYHO\ LQIOXHQFHG HPSOR\HHV¶ ZRUN PRWivation.   As   compared  to  wages,  promotion  had  a  greater  effect  on  the  motivation  of  Japanese  white-­collar  and  blue-­collar   workers.   In   this   regard,   proactive   environmental   companies   should   also   consider   how   promotion   is   linked   to   environmental  performance,  as  it  could  be  a  major  motivating  factor  for  some  employees.  In  sum,  it  is  important   that  organizations  combine  both  extrinsic  and  intrinsic  needs  for  effectively  motivating  employees  in  the  search   for  innovative  solutions  to  environmental  problems.      

4. Methodology   The   initial   research   was   undertaken   using   a   three-­phase   approach:   1)   preliminary   scale   development   through   feedback   obtained   from   management   representatives   of   ISO   14001   companies   and   two   technical   committee  members  of  the  Malaysian  Prime  MinLVWHU¶V+LELVFXV$ZDUG 30+$  SUH-­testing  of  survey  primarily   to  determine  the  clarity  of  questions,  suitability  of  the  length,  layout  as  well  as  the  time  required  to  complete  the   survey  and,  3)  implementation  of  a  large  scale  survey  to  ascertain  the  hypothesized  relationships.     ISO   14001   takes   a   systems   approach   for   improving   environmental   performance   so   that   environmental   responsibilities  are  not  only  confined  to  the  environmental  function  rather  it  is  coordinated  with  existing  efforts  in   other  areas  of  an  organization.  The  review  of  the  literature  suggest  that  some  of  the  departments  that  play  a  key   role   in   improving   environmental   performance   are   the   environmental,   health   and   safety   (EHS)   department   and   operations   management   (Hanna   et   al.   2000),   management,   R&D,   production   and   marketing   (Hart   1995),   and   purchasing  (Zsidisin,  and  Hendrick  1998).    Within  each  company,  a  plant  research  coordinator  served  as  a  liaison   between  the  researcher  and  the  respondents  to  the  survey.  He  or  she  was  responsible  for  selecting  employees,   distributing   and   collecting   the   survey   questionnaires.   Through   the   assistance   of   these   coordinators,   random   samples   of   middle   and   lower   level   employees   were   selected   by   utilizing   a   stratified   sampling   approach.   The   stratified   sampling   approach   is   utilized   in   order   to   achieve   heterogeneity   among   respondents   to   reduce   the   common  survey  bias  (Jun  et  al.  2006).     A   pre-­tested   survey was   distributed   to   four   hundred   seventy   two   (472)   to   middle   and   lower   level   employees  in  various  departments  within  five  multiple  manufacturing  companies  currently  certified  to  ISO  14001   (06,QDGGLWLRQIRXUFRPSDQLHVDUHUHFLSLHQWVRIWKH0DOD\VLDQ3ULPH0LQLVWHU¶V+LELVFXV$ZDUG 30+$ 7KH 30+$ ZDV ILUVW ODXQFKHG LQ  DV 0DOD\VLD¶V SUHPLHU SULYDWH VHFWor   environmental   award   for   business   and   industry.  The  PMHA  winners  are  expected  to  manifest  superior  leadership  and  human  resource  management  and   could  become  learning  targets  for  other  firms  in  the  implementation  of  a  successful  EMS.  Two  hundred  and  thirty   four  (234)  surveys  were  received,  producing  a  valid  response  rate  of  49.58  percent.  Eleven  responses  from  an   onsite  survey  conducted  in  a  small  and  medium  enterprise  were  excluded  from  the  final  data  analysis.  Of  the  two   hundred  and  twenty  three  (223)  survey  responses  used  in  the  final  data  analysis,  two  hundred  and  eleven  (211)   responses   are   from   the   recipients   of   the   PMHA.   The   data   was   treated   to   descriptive,   reliability,   validity   and   correlation  analyses  using  the  SPSS  computer  program  version  16.  

 

100  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism The   survey   was   structured   to   elicit   perceptual   data.   The   survey   items   were   derived   from   an   extensive   review  of  the  literature.  Available  and  appropriate  existing  measurement  items  that  had  been  empirically  tested   were  adapted  and  utilized  to  ensure  reliability  and  validity.  The  survey  was  translated  from  English  to  Malay  by   the   researcher   and   all   wording   discrepancies   were   then   corrected   with   the   assistance   of   a   qualified   and   experienced  instructor.  In  addition  respondents  to  the  survey  were  required  to  provide  demographic  information   pertaining  to:  1)  educational  level,  2)  work  department,  3)  length  of  experience  with  current  type  of  job,  4)  length   of  service  in  the  current  organization,  5)  gender,  6)  age,  7)  race,  and  8)  job  title.     The   respondents   to   the   survey   in   Ramus,   DQG 6WHJHU¶V    VWXG\ ZHUH DVNHG LI WKH\ KDG HYHU ³WULHGWRSURPRWHDQHQYLURQPHQWDOLQLWLDWLYHZLWKLQWKHFRPSDQ\´7KH\ZHUHJLYHQDFKRLFHRID³\HV´DQG³QR´ response.   Ramus,   DQG 6WHJHU¶V VWXG\ DGGUHVVHG ZKHWKHU RU QRW D UHVSRQGHQt   felt   that   she   or   he   tried   an   environmental  initiative,  not  whether  someone  else  knew  that  they  had.  The  single  measure  was  considered  as  a   very  good  proxy  for  actual  employee  eco-­initiatives  in  companies.     Rondinelli,   DQG 9DVWDJ   HPSKDVL]HG WKDW WKH ,62  (06 JXLGHOLQHV¶ VWURQJ HPSKDVLV RQ pollution  prevention  can  save  companies  money  by  improving  efficiency  and  reducing  costs  of  energy,  materials,   fines  and  penalties.    Essentially  pollution  prevention  requires  significant  changes  in  existing  production  processes   and  requires  a  basic  rethinking  of  product  design  (Christmann  2000,  Klassen  2000,  Bhamra  2004,  Bansal,  and   Hunter  2003).  According  to  Ramus  (2001,  2002)  eco-­initiatives  can  be  grouped  into  three  distinct  categories:  1)   suggestions   that   decrease   environmental   impacts   (like   reuse   and   recycling),   2)   suggestions   that   solve   environmental  problems  (like  hazardous  substance  use  reduction),  and  3)  suggestions  that  develop  a  more  eco-­ efficient  product/service  (for  example,  less  resource  and/or  energy  intensive).  Thus  the  employee  willingness  to   try  eco-­initiatives  construct  was  measured  using  a  five-­point  interval  scale  (1  =  never,  2  =  seldom,  3  =  sometime,   4  =  usually,  5  =  always)  with  the  following  questions:      

Item  1:  I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to  decrease  environmental  impacts  (like  reuse  and  recycle).     Item  2:  I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to  solve  environmental  problems  (like  reducing  the  need  for   hazardous  substances).     Item  3:  I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to  develop  a  more  eco-­efficient  product/service  (example  less   resource  and/or  energy  intensive).   The   survey   items   for   the   rewards   construct   were   adapted   from   Chinander   (1997),   Ramus,   and   Steger   (2000),  Wee,  and  Quazi  (2005),  Daily  et  al.  (2003,  2007).  The  rewards  construct  was  measured  using  a  five-­point   interval  scale  (1=strongly  disagree,  2=disagree,  3=  neither  disagree  nor  agree,  4  =agree,  5  =  strongly  agree)  with   the  following  questions:      

Item  4:  In  the  past,  our  organization  has  been  known  to  discipline  an  employee  for  violating  environmental   policies  and  procedures.   Item  5:  We  are  rewarded  for  making  suggestions  for  improvement  on  EMS.   Item   6:   Employees   are   recognized   for   taking   initiative  for   environmental   management   through   company   environmental  awards  to  individuals  or  teams.   Item   7:     I   feel   that   if   I   do   not   contribute   to   improving   environmental   performance,   my   chance   of   career   advancement  will  be  negatively  affected.   Item  8:  Achievement  of  environmental  goals  is  used  as  one  of  the  criteria  in  my  performance  appraisal.   Item  9:  Supervisors  in  my  department  give  credit  to  people  when  they  work  on  EMS  improvements.   Item  10:  Employees  who  have  achieved  or  surpassed  their  environmental  goals  are  rewarded  bonus  pay   or  other  monetary  awards.   Item  11:  Our  organization  provides  individual  financial  incentives  for  EMS  improvements.    

5. Data Analysis and Findings     5.1 Profiles of the respondents to the survey Age  of  participants  ranged  from  19  to  55,  the  mean  age  of  the  total  employee  sample  was  33  years.  68.6   percent   of   the   employees   were   male   and   31.4   percent   female.   The   average   tenure   was   close   to   7.77   years.   Approximately   45.3   percent   of   the   employees   were   Malays,   25.6   percent   Chinese,   19.7   percent   Indians,   9.0   percent  others  and  0.4  percent  failed  to  categorize  their  ethnicity.  Educational  background  for  the  respondents   ranged  from  secondary  school  to  the  doctorate  level.  The  mean  number  of  years  on  experience  with  current  type   of   job   was   9.5   years.   15.7   percent   of   the   respondents   to   the   survey   consist   of   executives,   managers   and  

101  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   supervisors   whereas   84.3   percent   comprised   of   engineers,   technicians   and   the   majority   being   the   production   workers.     5.2 Reliability and Validity analyses Internal  consistency  analysis  was  carried  out  to  measure  the  reliability  of  the  items  using  Cronbach  alpha.   Items  were  eliminated  in  order  to  achieve  maximization  of  the  alpha  coefficient,  where  needed.  Item  4  and  item  7   were  dropped  during  the  reliability  analysis.  The  alpha  value  for  the  rewards  construct  is  0.781.  None  of  the  items   for  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives  construct  required  deletion  and  the  alpha  coefficient  is  0.879.  Both   constructs  exhibited  good  internal   consistency  as  the  minimum  suggested  alpha  level  for  established  scales  is   0.70  although  it  may  be  reduced  to  0.6  for  new  scales  in  exploratory  research  (Nunnally  1978).   In   an   effort   to   ensure   content   validity   the   survey   was   reviewed   by   management   representatives   of   ISO    FHUWLILHG FRPSDQLHV DQG WZR WHFKQLFDO FRPPLWWHH PHPEHUV RI WKH 0DOD\VLDQ 3ULPH 0LQLVWHU¶V +LELVFXV Award   (PMHA).   To   limit   the   threats  of   construct  validity   available   and   appropriate   existing   measurement  items   that  had  been  empirically  tested  were  adapted  and  utilized  whenever  possible.  The  principal  components  factor   analysis  is  chosen  to  evaluate  construct  validity,  which  is  consistent  with  the  literature  (see  for  example,  Wee,   and  Quazi  2005,  Geralis,  and  Terziovski   2003,  Samson,  and  Terziovski  1999,  Flynn   et  al.  1994).  The  rewards   and   employees   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   constructs   were   factor   analyzed   separately   using   the   principal   components  factor  analysis  with  orthogonal  rotation  using  the  Varimax  method.  The  result  of  the  reliability  and   factor  analysis  is  summarized  in  Table  1.     A  single  factor  solution  emerged  with  an  eigenvalue  of  2.416  explaining  80.526  percent  of  variance  in  the   employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives.  As  for  rewards,  a  single  factor  solution  emerged  with  an  eigenvalue  of   2.879  explaining  47.976  percent  of  variance.  Further  support  for  their  loading  on  single  factor  was  provided  by  the   graphical   scree   test   (shown   in   Figure   1   and   Figure   2)   which   both   scales   easily   passed.   The   percentage   of   variance   explained   for   the   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   scale   is   very   much   higher   as   the   survey   items   are   worded   in   a   similar   manner   as   compared   to   the   rewards   items.   Future   research   needs   to   work   on   continuing  to  improve  the  rewards  scale.  This  can  be  accomplished  by  continuing  to  add  and  modify  items,  based   on   feedback   obtained   from   experts   on   the   subject   and   by   testing   the   scales   in   various   samples   (i.e.   different   industries).     The   Kaiser-­Meyer-­Olkin   (KMO)   measure   of   sampling   adequacy   test   results   is   0.817   and   0.712   for   the   rewards   and   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   respectively,   which   is   much   above   the   suggested   PLQLPXP VWDQGDUG RI  UHTXLUHG IRU UXQQLQJ IDFWRU DQDO\VLV &RDNHV   7KH %DUWOHWW¶V WHVW   of   sphericity   GHPRQVWUDWHGVLJQLILFDQWO\KLJKYDOXHV DWS” IRUERWKVFDOHV0RUHRYHUitems  with  factor  loading  0.50  or   greater  are  considered  practically  significant  (Hair  et  al.  1998).  In  summary,  the  results  indicate  that  the  sample   was  suitable  for  factor  analytic  procedures.  

Variables Employee  willingness   to  try  eco-­initiatives    

Table 1.  Summary  statistics  for  factor  and  reliability  analyses     Original Item % variance items KMO loading Eigenvalue explained (item range number)           .712   .862  -­  .930   2.416   80.526   1-­3             .817   .617  -­  .789   2.879   47.976   4-­11  

Rewards     Source:  SPSS  data  analysis    

 

102  

Items deleted (item number)   -­     4,  7  

Cronbac h alpha   .879     .781  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism

Figure 1. Scree  plot  for  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives  construct        

Figure 2. Scree  plot  for  rewards  construct  

5.3 Descriptive analysis Adopting  the  methodology  used  by  Geralis,  and  Terziovski  (2003)  in  the  field  of  quality  management,  the   SHUFHQWDJH IUHTXHQFLHV ZLWKLQ WKH ³DJUHH´ DQG ³VWURQJO\ DJUHH´ UHVSRQVH FDWHJRULHV RI HDFK YDULDEOH RI WKH UHZDUGVFRQVWUXFWZHUHFRPELQHG ³DJUHHG´ ,QVXPPDU\SHUFHQWRIWKHUHVSRQGHQWVWRWKHVXUYH\DJUHHG that   employees   are   rewarded   for   making   suggestions   for   improvement   on   EMS;;   2)   34.5   percent   agreed   that   employees   are   recognized   for   taking   initiative   for   environmental   management   through   company   environmental   awards  to  individuals  or  teams;;  3)  30  percent  agreed  that  supervisors  give  credit  to  employees  when  they  work   on   EMS   improvements;;   4)   30.1   percent   agreed   that   employees   who   have   achieved   or   surpassed   their   environmental   goals   are   rewarded   bonus   pay   or   other   monetary   awards;;   5)   30.1   percent   agreed   that   organizations   provided   individual   financial   incentives   for   EMS   improvements;;   6)   30   percent   agreed   that   achievement   of   environmental   goals   is   included   in   the   performance   appraisal.   In   summary   the   percentage   IUHTXHQFLHVZLWKLQWKH³DJUHHG´UHVSRQVHFDWHJRULHVZHUHYHU\ORZUDQJLQJIURPSHUFent  to  41.7  percent.  In   some  cases  research  findings  have  shown  that  managerial  pay  is  tied  to  environmental  performance  (see  Russo,   and   Harrison   2005,   Berrone,   and   Gomez-­Mejia   2009).   15.7   percent   of   the   respondents   to   the   survey   in   this   exploratory   study   are   executives,   managers   and   supervisors   whereas   84.3   percent   comprised   of   engineers,   technicians  and  the  majority  being  the  production  workers.  It  is  possible  that  the  respondents  to  the  survey  may   have  deliberately  rated  themselves  higher  in  the  survey.  This  might  have  introduced  certain  amount  of  bias  in  the   data  collected.   103  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   The  frequencies  and  percentage  frequencies  for  the  three  categories  of  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­ initiatives   are   shown   in   Table   2.   The   measures   of   central   tendencies   were   calculated   for   each   variable.   For   H[DPSOH WKH YDULDEOH µ, KDYH WULHG WR SURPRWH VXJJHVWLRQV GHFUHDVH HQYLURQPHQWDO LPSDFWV OLNH UHXVH DQG UHF\FOH ¶ \LHOG D PHDQ RI  PHGLDQ RI  DQG PRGH RI  7KH YDULDEOH µ, KDYH WULHG WR SURPRWH suggestions  to  solve  HQYLURQPHQWDOSUREOHPV OLNHUHGXFLQJWKHQHHGIRUKD]DUGRXVVXEVWDQFHV ¶\LHOGDPHDQRI PHGLDQRIDQGPRGHRI)LQDOO\WKHYDULDEOHµ,KDYHWULHGWRSURPRWHVXJJHVWLRQVWRGHYHORSD more  eco-­efficient  product/service  (example  less  resourFHDQGRUHQHUJ\LQWHQVLYH ¶\LHOGDPHDQRIPHGLDQ of  3.00  and  mode  of  3.00.  The  central  tendency  measures  for  the  three  variables  above  indicate  a  tendency  of   UHVSRQVHVLQWKHµVRPHWLPH¶RSWLRQ2IWKHWZRKXQGUHGDQGWZHQW\WKUHHVXUYH\UHVSRQVHVused  in  the  final  data   DQDO\VLVWZRKXQGUHGDQGHOHYHQDUHIURPWKHUHFLSLHQWVRIWKH3ULPH0LQLVWHU¶V+LELVFXV$ZDUG 30+$ +HQFH the   employees   are   expected   to   be   possibly   more   proactive   and   may   even   have   tried   eco-­initiatives   than   the   population  at  large.      

Table 2. Frequencies  and  percentage  frequencies  for  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives.     Categories of Eco-­initiatives I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to   decrease  environmental  impacts  (like  reuse   and  recycle).   I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to  solve   environmental  problems  (like  reducing  the   need  for  hazardous  substances).     I  have  tried  to  promote  suggestions  to  develop   a  more  eco-­efficient  product/service  (example   less  resource  and/or  energy  intensive).  

Never

Seldom

Sometimes

Usually

Always

Total

27   (12.1)  

50   (22.4)  

101   (45.3)  

30   (13.5)  

15   (6.7)  

223   (100)

48   (21.5)  

60   (26.9)  

79   (35.4)  

23   (10.3)  

13   (5.8)  

223   (100)

44   (19.7)  

59   (26.5)  

79   (35.4)  

31   (13.9)  

10   (4.5)  

223   (100)

Note:  Percentage  frequency  appears  in  the  parentheses  

5.4 . Correlation analysis   With  reliability  and  validity  of  the  scales  established,  factor  scores  were  calculated  from  the  remaining   variables   to   provide   estimates   for   each   scale.   The   factors  scores   for   the   scales   were  used   as   variables  in   the   Pearson  correlation  analysis.  Given  that  the  research  facilities  for  this  study  had  fully  developed  ISO14001  EMS   SURJUDPV DQG IRXU DUH UHFLSLHQWV RI WKH 3ULPH 0LQLVWHU¶V +LELVFXV $ZDUG 30+$  RQH ZRXOG H[SHFW D VWURQJ positive   relationship   (i.e.   correlation)   between   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   and   rewards.   On   the   contrary  the  results  of  this  exploratory  study  indicates  a  significant  weak  positive  correlation  (r  =  0.223,  p  <  0.001)   between  rewards  and  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives.  The  results  somehow  suggest  that  middle  and   lower  levels  employees  are  rarely  rewarded  for  their  environmental  initiatives.    

6. Conclusion The rewards  and  employee  willingness  to  try  eco-­initiatives  scales  suggest  good  internal  consistency  and   adequate  construct  validity.  In  summary  the  research  findings  suggest  that  middle  and  lower  levels  employees  in   some   of   the   leading   environmentally   proactive   ISO14001  EMS   companies   in   Malaysia   are   rarely   rewarded   for   their   environmental   initiatives.   The   results   support   the   contention   by   Denton   (1999)   that   incentives,   bonuses,   salaries   and   promotions   are   rarely   linked   to   environmental   performance.   0RUHRYHU JLYHQ WKDW HPSOR\HHV¶ MRE appraisals   rarely   include   an   environmental   category,   the   proposed   employee   willingness   to   try   eco-­initiatives   evaluations  could  provide  practitioners  a  tool  to  assess  emSOR\HHV¶SHUIRUPDQFHHYDOXDWLRQ)RUH[DPSOHLWHP FDQEHUHVWDWHGWRVD\µ7KHHPSOR\HHKDVWULHGWRSURPRWHVXJJHVWLRQVWRGHFUHDVHHQYLURQPHQWDOLPSDFWV OLNH UHXVH DQG UHF\FOH ¶ 6LPLODUO\ LWHPV  DQG  VKRXOG EH UHVWDWHG WR VD\ µ7KH HPSOR\HH KDV WULed   to   promote   VXJJHVWLRQV WR VROYH HQYLURQPHQWDO SUREOHPV OLNH UHGXFLQJ WKH QHHG IRU KD]DUGRXV VXEVWDQFHV ¶ DQG µ7KH employee   has   tried   to   promote   suggestions   to   develop   a   more   eco-­efficient   product/service   (example   less   UHVRXUFHDQGRUHQHUJ\LQWHQVLYH ¶  respectively.   Future   research   needs   to   work   on   continuing   to   improve   the   rewards   scale.   It   is   important   to   test   the   scales  using  samples  from  other  populations,  in  order  to  enhance  their  generalizability.    

 

104  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Notes:    

1      7KHWHUP³UHZDUGV´LQFOXGHVPRQHWDU\DQGQRQ-­monetary  rewards,  and  recognition  awards.  

 

7KH WHUPV ³HQYLURQPHQWDO LQLWLDWLYHV´ ³HQYLURQPHQWDO LQQRYDWLRQV´ ³HFR-­LQLWLDWLYHV´ DQG ³LQQRYDWLYH VROXWLRQVWRHQYLURQPHQWDOSUREOHPV´KDYHEHHQXVHGLQWHUFhangeably  within  this  paper.     2  

 

Acknowldegement: The   initial   research   for   this  paper   was   part   of   a  larger   project,   published   recently   as   a   book   (see   Kaur,   Harjeet.  2010.  Impact  of  HR  factors  on  environmental  performance:  Impact  of  HR  factors  on  employee  attitudes   and  environmental  performance.  LAP  LAMBERT  Academic  Publishing).      

References [1]  Aboulnaga,  I.A.  1998.  Integrating  quality  and  environmental  management  as  competitive  business  strategy  for   21st  century.  Environmental  Management  and  Health  9/2:  65-­71.         [2]  Babakri,  K.A.,  Bennett,  R.A.,  and  Franchetti,  M.  2003.  Critical  factors  for  implementing  ISO  14001  standard  in   United  States  industrial  companies.  Journal  of  Cleaner  Production  11/7:  749-­775.   [3]   Bansal,   P.,   and   Hunter,   T.   2003.   Strategic   explanation   for   the   early   adoption   of   ISO   14001.   Journal   of   Business  Ethics  46/3:  289-­99.   [4]   Berrone,   P.,   and   Gomez-­Mejia,   L.R.   2009.   Environmental   performance   and   executive   compensation:   an   integrated  agency-­institutional  perspective.  Academy  of  Management  Journal  52/1:  103-­126     [5]   Bhamra,   T.   2004.   Ecodesign:   the   search   for   new   strategies   in   product   development.   Journal   Engineering   Manufacture  218/5:  557-­569.   [6]  Christmann,  P.  2000.  Effects  of  best  practices  of  environmental  management  on  cost  advantage:  the  role  of   complementary  assets.  Academy  of  Management  Journal  43/4:  663-­80.   [7]  Chinander,  K.R.  1997.  The  influence  of  accountability  and  responsibility  on  managerial  decision  making:  an   investigation  of  environmental,  health  and  safety  decisions  within  the  chemical  industry.  PhD  diss.,  University   of  Pennsylvania.   [8]  Coakes,  S.J.  2005.  SPSS:  analysis  without  anguish:  version  12.0  for  Windows.  John  Wiley  &  Sons  Australia   Ltd.   [9]  Daily,  B.F.,  Bishop,  J.W.,  and  Steiner,  R.  2007.  The  Mediating  Role  of  EMS  Teamwork  as  it  pertains  to  HR   Factors  and  Perceived  Environmental   Performance.   Journal  of  Applied  Business  Research,  vol.  23,  no.  1:   95-­109.   [10]  Daily,  B.F.,  Bishop,  J.W.,  and  Steiner,  R.  2003.  The  impact  of  human  resource  management  practices  on   employee   perceptions   of   environmental   performance.   Proceedings   of   National   Decision   Sciences   Institute   Conference  Meeting,  in  Washington  D.C.       [11]   Daily,   B.F.,   and   Huang,   S.   2001.   Achieving   sustainability   through   attention   to   human   resource   factors   in   environmental  management.  International  Journal  of  Operations  &  Production  Management  21/12:  1539-­552.       [12]   Denton,   D.K.   1999.   Employee   involvement,   pollution   control   and   pieces   to   the   puzzles.   Environmental   Management  and  Health  10/2:  105-­111.     [13]   Florida,   R.   1996.   Lean   and   Green:   The   move   to   environmentally   conscious   manufacturing.   California   Management  Review  39/1:  80-­105.   [14]  Flynn,  B.B.,  Schroeder,  R.G.,  and  Sakakibara,  S.  1994.  A  framework  for  quality  management  research  and   an  associated  measurement  instrument.  Journal  of  Operations  Management  11/4:  339-­66.     [15]   Geralis,   M.,   and   Terziovski,   M.   2003.   A   quantitative   analysis   of   the   relationship   between   empowerment   practices  and  service  quality  outcomes.  Total  Quality  Management  &  Business  Excellence  14/1:  45-­62.     [16]   Govindarajulu,   N.,   and   Daily,   B.F.   2004.   Motivating   employees   for   environmental   improvement.     Industrial   Management  &  Data  Systems  104/4:  364-­72.      

105  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   [17]  Graves,  B.$,62(QYLURQPHQWDO0DQDJHPHQW:KDWLVLW":KDWLVUHTXLUHG"2WKHUFRPSDQ\¶V H[SHULHQFHV«Products  Finishing:  62-­68.   [18]   Hair,   J.F.,   Anderson,   R.E.,   Tatham,   R.L.,   and   Black,   W.C.   1998.   Multivariate   data   analysis,   5th   ed.   Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ:  Prentice-­Hall  International.     [19]  Hanna,  M.D.,  Newman,  W.R.,  and  Johnson,  P.  2000.  Linking  operational  and  environmental  improvement   through  employee  improvement.  International  Journal  of  Operations  &  Production  Management  20/2:  148-­65.     [20]  Hart,  S.L.  1995.  A  natural-­resource  based  view  of  the  firm.  Academy  of  Management  Review  20/4:  986-­1014.     [21]  Jun,  M.,  Cai,  S.,  and  Shin,  H.  2006.  TQM  practice  in  maquilodora:  antecedents  of  employee  satisfaction  and   loyalty.  Journal  of  Operations  Management  24/6:  791-­812.   [22]   Kaur,   H.   2010.   Impact   of   HR   factors   on   environmental   performance:   Impact   of   HR   factors   on   employee   attitudes   and   environmental   performance   of   ISO14001   EMS   companies.   LAP   LAMBERT   Academic   Publishing.   [23]  Kitazawa,   S.,  and  Sarkis,   J.  2000.  The  relationship  between  ISO  14000  and  continuous  source  reduction.   International  Journal  of  Operations  &  Production  Management  20/2:  225-­48.         [24]   Klassen,   R.D.   2000.   Exploring   the   linkage   between   investment   in   manufacturing   and   environmental   technologies.  International  Journal  of  Operations  &  Production  Management  20/2:  127-­47.       [25]  Massoud,  J.A.,  Daily,  B.F.,  and  Bishop,  J.W.  2007.  Application  of  the  Scanlon  plan  as  catalyst  to  improve   environmental  performance.  Proceedings  of  the  Southwest  Decision  Sciences  Meeting,  March  13-­17  in  San   Diego.         [26]   May,   D.R.,   and   Flannery,   B.L.   1995.   Cutting   waste   with   employee   involvement   teams.   Business   Horizons   38/5:  28-­38.   [27]  Miles,  M.P.,  and  Russell,  G.R.  1997.  ISO  14000  Total  Quality  Environmental  Management:  The  Integration  of   Environmental  Marketing,  Total  Quality  Management,  and  Corporate  Environmental  Policy.  Journal  of  Quality   Management  2/1:  151-­68.     [28]  Nunnally,  J.C.  1978,  Psychometric  Theory,  2nd  ed.,  McGraw-­Hill  Book  Company.   [29]  2¶K(RFKD0.  2000.  A  study  of  the  influence  of  company  culture,  communications,  and  employee  attitudes  on   the  use  of  5Ss  for  environmental  management  at  Cooke  Brothers  Ltd.  The  TQM  Magazine  12/5:  321-­30.   [30]  Pun,  K.F.,  Hui,  I.K.,  Henry,  C.W.L.,  Hang-­Wai,  L.,  and  Winston,  L.G.    2002.  Development  of  an  EMS  planning   framework   for   environmental   management   practices.   International   Journal   of   Quality   &   Reliability   Management  19/6:  688-­709.     [31]  Quazi,  H.A.  1999.  Implementation  of  an  Environmental  Management  System:  the  Experience  of  Companies   Operating  in  Singapore.  Industrial  Management  &  Data  Systems  99/7:  302-­11.       [32]   Quigley,   N.R.,   and   Tymon,   Jr.,   W.G.   2006.   Toward   an   integrated   model   of   intrinsic  motivation  and   career   self-­management.  Career  Development  International  11/6:  522-­543.     [33]  Ramus,  C.A.  2002.  Encouraging  innovative  environmental  actions:  what  companies  and  managers  must  do.   Journal  of  World  Business  37/2:  151-­164.   [34]   Ramus,   C.A.   2001.   Organizational   support   for   employees:   encouraging   creative   ideas   for   environmental   sustainability.  California  Management  Review  43/3:  85-­105.   [35]  Ramus,  C.A.,  and  Steger,  U.  2000.  The  roles  of  the  supervisory  support  behaviors  and  environmental  policy   in   employee   ecoinitiatives   at   leading-­edge   European   companies.   Academy   of   Management   Journal   43/4:   605-­26.         [36]   Rondinelli,   D.,   and   Vastag,   G.   2000.   Panacea,   common   sense,   or   Just   a   label?   The   value   of   ISO   14001   environmental  management  systems.  European  Management  Journal  18/5:  499-­510.   [37]  Russo,  M.V.,  and  Harrison,  N.S.  2005.  Organizational  design  and  environmental  performance:  clues  from  the   electronics  industry.  Academy  of  Management  Journal  48/4:  582-­93.    

 

106  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism [38]   Samson,   D.,   and   Terziovski,   M.   1999.   The   relationship   between   total   quality   management   practices   and   operational  performance.  Journal  of  Operations  Management  17/4:  393-­409.   [39]  Schultz,  P.W.  2000.  Empathizing  with  nature:  The  effects  of  perspective  taking  on  concern  for  environmental   issues.  Journal  of  Social  Issues  56/3:  391-­406.   [40]  Strachan,  P.A.,  Sinclair,  I.M.,  and  Lal,  D.  2003.  Managing  ISO  14001  implementation  in  the  United  Kingdom   Continental  Shelf  (UKCS).  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  and  Environmental  Management  10/1:  50-­63.       [41]   Takahashi,   K.   2006.   Effects   of   wage   and   promotion   incentives   on   the   motivation   levels   of   Japanese   employees.  Career  Development  International  11/3:  193-­203.     [42]   Wee,   Y.S.,   and   Quazi,   H.A.   2005.   Development   and   validation   of   critical   factors   of   environmental   management.  Industrial  Management  &  Data  Systems  105/1:    96-­114.       [43]  Zsidisin,  G.A.,  and  Hendrick,  T.(3XUFKDVLQJ¶VLQYROYHPHQWLQHQYLURQPHQWDOLVVXHVDPXOWL-­country   perspective.  Industrial  Management  &  Data  Systems  98/7:  313-­20.   [44]  Zutshi,  A.,  and  Sohal,  A.S.  2004.  Adoption  and  maintenance  of  environmental  management  systems:  critical   success  factors.  Management  of  Environmental  Quality:  An  International  Journal  15/4:  399-­419.       [45]   Zutshi,   A.,   and   Sohal,   A.S.   2003.   Environmental   management   system   auditing   within   Australasian   companies.  Managerial  Auditing  Journal  18/8:  637-­48.            

107  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

 

STATE INSTITUTIONS AND THEIR ROLE IN HARMONIZING THE ENVIRONMENT LEGISLATION ON THE BASIS OF EUROPEAN CONVENTIONS Armand KRASNIQI   University  of  Pristine,  Kosovo    [email protected]  

Abstract   The  purpose  of  this  paper  work  is  to  provide  a  basic  juridical-­legislative  strategy  under  which  countries  of  the  south-­ eastern   Europe   would   regulate   and   harmonize   their   local   legislation   with   European   conventions   assuming   to   provide   protection  and  sustainability  to  the  environment.  This  due  to  the  fact  that  these  countries  effected  by  their  past  are  facing  with   a  high  rate  of  pollution  and  with  lack  of  efficient  policies  dedicated  to  ecological  sustainability.  It  is  uncontested  that  the  global   social-­economical  development  has  shown  an  unforeseen  growth  before.  On  the  other  side,  we  have  silently  ascertained  that   in  parallel  with  this  advancing  the  environment  where  we  live  has  been  catastrophically  degraded  and  destructed  so  that  we   GRQ¶WHYHQWKLQk  that  the  future  generation  has  the  right  to  live  normally  as  well.  Due  to  this  gradual  risk,  in  particular  in  the   EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH ¶V SULPDULO\ IURP WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO LQVWLWXWLRQV DQG ODWHU IURP VWDWH JRYHUQPHQWV WKHPVHOYHV WKHUH DUH symbolically   noticed   programs   for   environment   protection,   and   issue   and   execution   of   declarations   and   conventions,   by   which  not  only  particular  preventing  reacting  measures  are  recommended,  but  also  they  enforce  governments  of  countries  to   approximate   their   national   legislation   with   the   principles   and   standards   these   significant   documents   provide.   Due   to   the   continuous  increase  of  the  social  risk  and  environment  destruction  trend  two  conventions  have  been  issued  which  enforce   countries  to  regulate  the  responsibility  for  environment  protection  with  the  Civil  Law  and  the  Criminal  Law,  this  way  qualifying   and  considering  dangerous  actions  of  objects  towards  the  environment.     Keywords:  Environment,  legislation,  civil  and  penal  liability,  convention,  directive    

JEL Classiffication:  K,  K3,  K32    

1. Introduction 7KHODWH¶VRI;;FHQWXU\RIWKHVRXWK-­eastern  Europe  marks  only  the  beginning  of  the  social-­economical   democratization  process  which  simultaneously  interfere  the  implementation  of  political  and  program  activities  in   the   scope   of   harmonization   and   the   promulgation   of   the   national   legislation   over   the   international   one   in   the   environment  protection  aspect.  Just  after  a  decade  this  activity  began  to  come  into  force  and  actually  not  because   of  the  governmental  willingness  to  minimize  the  pollution  effects  in  harm  of  economical  growth  but  only  for  their   necessity  for  accession  in  international  conventions  which  at  the  very  end  ensure  an  easier  integration  process  in   the   European   Union.   The   stabilization   process   and   their   association   through   financial,   logistic   and   human   DVVLVWDQFH DQG WKURXJK SURJUDPV VXFK DV ³(QYLURQPHQW IRU (XURSH´ ZKLFK ZHUH OHG DQG SURPRWHG VRPH particular   International   organizations   (OSCE,   EU,   REC,   etc)   which   firstly   have   achieved   to   raise   state   and   individual  awareness  not  only  for  quality  environment  protection,  but  possibly  its  advance  as  well.  Some  of  the   projects  regarding  the  improve  of  legislation  on  the  environment  have  finished  or  are  being  finalized    thanks  to  the   international   cooperation   which   aims   the   development   of   institutions,   personnel   and   environment   legislation   branch.   The   technical   and   technological   development   of   the   late   years   of   the   last   century   has   created   many   dangerous   centers   for   the   environment.   This   condition   has   been   caused   by   the   human   kind   itself   by   misadministration  not  only  of  nature  and  its  resources,  but  also  the  work  environment  and  it  has  brought  great   damages  to  their  lives,  their  physical  integrity,  health,  wealth  and  other  values.    At  the  same  time  by  such  actions   the   basis   of   human   survival   is   being   seriously   and   extremely   jeopardized.   Starting   from   these   concerns,   the   international  community  has  started  to  reflect  a  more  serious  engagement  in  the  prevention  and  protection  plan  in   this  field.  Our  country  is  also  in  the  phase  of  social,  economical,  political  and  legislative  reforms.  In  this  aspect  it  is   paying  special  attention  to  the  issue  of  harmonization,  respectively  approximation  of  the  local  legislation  with  the   regulations,  acts   and   important   international   documents   which   aim   for  environment   balance.   In  this   sense,   the   aspect  of  environment  protection  and  elimination  of  damages  caused  by  possible  centers    of  existing  or  potential   risks  is  assessed  as  of  special  significance,  which    shows  the  urgent  need    to  harmonize  much  deeper  and  with   more  diligence  the  legislative  basis  in  conformity  with  both  conventions:  The  Convention  for  Civil  liability  for  the   damages  caused  from  dangerous  activities  for  the  environment  from  1993,  and  the  Convention  on  the  protection   of  living  environment  through  the  criminal  Law  in  year  1998.  Moreover,  due  to  the  importance  the  environment   protection   has   now,   there   are   several   documents   and   recommendations   which  enforce  countries   to   act   on   the    

108  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism legislative,   economical,   and   social,   and   lately   the   humanitarian   aspects.   The   aim   of   these   elements   is   the   composition  of  the  legislative  basis  and  economical  measures  which  always  must  be  developed  upon  sustainable   bases  towards  environment  protection.      

2. National centers as initial institutions for sustainable growth   Efficient  reaction  for  pollution  by  no  doubt  is  the  task  and  liability  of  state  bodies.  In  order  to  do  this  task   properly  initially  specialized  national  institutional  capacities  have  to  be  created.  Establishment  of  National  Centers   for   Sustainable   Growth   should   be   perceived   as   independent   public   institutions   with   clear   objectives,   ready   to   provide   consultancy,   information   service,   advices   for   education   by   promoting   the   role   and   significance   of   sustainable   growth   which   would   be   dedicated   to   state   institutions   and   public.   According   to   our   opinion   when   concerning  the  South-­eastern  European  countries,  these  institutions  on  the  initial  reaction  aspect  not  only  support   on  ensuring  a  sustainable  growth,  but  also  reflect  measures  which  impact  on  the  decrease  of  poverty  through   increase  of  protection  care.     The  objectives  of  such  Centers  should  be  focused  on  information  collection,  organization  and  elaboration   regarding  the  sustainable  growth,  or  on  the  situation/decrease  of  poverty  in  each  country.  In  addition,  we  have  to   aim   the   identification   of   the   environment   condition   and   giving   accurate   and   reliable   data   to   governmental   agencies   and   other   interested   institutions.   It   is   to   be   considered   of   particular   significance   the   participation   in   compiling,  execution  of  the  evaluation  strategy,  political  measures,  programs  and  projects  which  the  Government   takes   into   consideration   for   sustainable   growth.   Ensuring   technical   and   scientific   support   by   focusing   the   programs  together  with  the  undertaken  measures  on  the  national,  regional  and  international  level  are  considered   as  crucial  for  efficient  reaction.  The  issues  dealing  with  the  membership  in  the  European  Union  are  treated  with   particular  significance.  The  objectives  are  to  be  extended  in  distributing  knowledge  and  information  to  increase   awareness  for  the  importance  of  sustainable  growth  and  for  the  current  problems  to  be  overcome.  All  this  can  be   achieved   through   educating   and   training   the   public   administration   on   the   local   and   national   level,   but   also   the   education  of  students  and  citizens  who  are  interested  on  sustainable  growth.     The   activities   of   these   centres   should   be   focused   in   the   compilation   of   sustainable   growth   strategies   through  policies,  particular  measures  and  activities.  Building  of  institutions  in  these  countries  should  be  included   through  the  preparation  of  action  plans,  their  monitor,  evaluation  and  execution  on  medium  term  and  long  term   period  for  sustainable  growth.  Supervision  and  scientific  and  operational  review  should  be  implemented  through  a   technical  support  for  all  the  ministries  and  other  state  institutions  dealing  with  the  issues  of  sustainable  growth,  or   through   reduction   of   poverty   and   protection   of   the   living   environment.   We   have   top   take   secure   steps   in   the   function   of   supporting   and   strengthening   the   cooperation   between   ministries   and   other   state   institutions   in   the   SURFHVV RI ³HQYLURQPHQW PDQDJHPHQW¶ DQG LQFUHDVH RI HIILFLHQF\ LQ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH SRYHUW\ GHFUHDVH strategy.   A   special   attention   should   be   given   to   monitoring   and   evaluation   of   international   convention   implementation  with  the  purpose  to  provide  a  complete  picture  for  international  activities  in  the  field  of  sustainable   growth.   These   centers   should   have   a   an   active   involvement   in   the   preparation   to   harmonize   the   national   legislation   with   the   EU   legislation   in   all   issues   regarding   sustainable   growth.   They   should   be   involved   in   the   harmonization  process  in  the  level  of  consultant-­expert  in  the  Integration  Office  with  EU  and  the  special  ministers   whose   activities   are   related   with   sustainable   growth,   creation   of   regular   mechanisms   and   indicators   for   environment  sustainability,  identification  and  recognition  of  quantity  indicators  of  sustainability,  and  evaluation  of   their  impact  in  sustainable  growth.  Implementation  of  these  activities  and  receiving  these  information  leads  to  the   identification  of  the  discrepancy  phenomenon  of  actual  values  giving  reasons  for  reviewing  and  adjusting  policies   which   are   currently   applicable.   Creating   facilities   in   the   function   of   scientific   and   technical   support   for   the   ministries   and   other   state   institutions   by   preparing   measures,   plans,   programs,  and  actions   emerging   from   the   national   and   European   legislation,   and   other   international   treaties   is   of   specific   importance.   Organization   of   education   and   training   through   programs   which   are   related   with   sustainable   growth,   as   well   as   preparation   of   publications,   reports,   analyses,   researches,   opinions   and   recommendations   of   experts   etc.   on   written   and   electronic  form  create  a  very  productive  institutional  system.  Centre  publishing,  especially  when  concerning  the   implementation   of   legislation   and   its   approximation   with   international   acts   plays   an   irreplaceable   role   in   an   environment  for  everyone.   3.  7KH´HQYLURQPHQWDOµGLSORPDF\WRZDUGVDOHJLVODWLYHKDUPRQL]DWLRQ   The   main   problem   in   ecology   is   the   pollution   and   its   level   that   knows   no   national   or   international   boundaries   regardless   whether   such   boundaries   are   political,   racial,   and   religious   or   even   in   cultural   diversity.   Being   aware   of   what   pollution   is   causing,   countries   have   started   to   develop   joint   actions   which   has   enabled   109  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   establishing   a   special   form   of   cooperation   known   as   environmental   diplomacy.   The   environment   diplomacy   in   relation   to   the   concerns   raised   on   environmental   deregulations   is   not   only   visible,   but   has   been   proven   as   successful   by   examples   such   as   joint   adoption  of   Kyoto   Protocol,   United   Nation   Convention   on   Environmental   Change   etc.   We   must   admit   that   the   environmental   policy   is   considered   a   specific,   complex   and   necessary   activity   that   needs   to   be   implemented   having   into   account   the   circumstances   of   the   globalization   process.   Therefore   this   diplomatic   reaction   must   not   be   ignored   by   South   Eastern   European   countries   but   has   to   be   advanced  regardless  of  legislative  specifics  of  each  country  of  this  part  of  Europe.  This  provides  a  guarantee  for   joint  intergovernmental  reaction  and  does  not  apply  to  respecting  and  implementing  the  international  legal  act  but   also   applies   to   rule   of   law   on   environmental   area.   Having   into   account   that   states   institutional   responsibilities   should   not   be   taken   only   as   implementation  of   commitments   related   to   environment   protection   because   this  is   considered  as  difficult  to  be  implemented  if  there  is  no  strategy  into  place  and  as  so  it  needs  to  be  implemented   together  with  the  strategy  which  will  serve  to  successfully  coordinate  with  international  cooperation  as  well  as  in   partnership  with  the  community.  This  means  that  creation  and  use  of  environmental  diplomacy  mechanisms  will   first   create   the   possibility   of   entering   into   a   series   of   multilateral   agreements   in   the   South   Eastern   European   region   which   afterwards   in   another   certain   level   will   coordinate   and   successfully   implement   governmental   and   non-­governmental   mechanisms   in   form   of   joint   policies.   Bilateral   governments   signed   between   ministries,   respectively   between   competent   departments   dealing   with   environmental   protection,   although   their   nature   is   entirely  political,  no  doubts  that  they  are  perquisites  to  effectively  resolve  the  environmental  issues.     7KHUHIRUHWKHQHZIRUPVNQRZQDVHQYLURQPHQWDOGLSORPDF\RU³JUHHQ´GLSORPDF\QHHGWREHGHYHORSHG with  the  maximum  speed  by  all  countries  in  the  region.  Certainly,  the  environmental  diplomacy  firstly  will  not  only   be  an  incentive  instrument  for  an  international  cooperation  for  environmental  issues  but  will  also  be  transformed   into  a  very  effective  mean  that  will  facilitate  the  current  crisis  in  the  region.  The  environmental  diplomacy  has  the   potential   to   become   a   supporter   of   prevention   policies   against   the   environment   pollution   and   policies   that   constitute  an  awareness  and  coordination  approach  amongst  the  citizens.  5      

4. How to regulate civil responsibility in local legislation   In  accordance  with  the  Rio  Declaration  on  the  Environment  of  year  1992,6    in  order  to  regulate  and  provide   a   due   compensation   for   eventual   damages   caused   by   dangerous   activities   for   the   environment,   the   European   Commission   issued   the   Convention   on   the   civil   liability   of   subjects   performing   dangerous   activities   for   the   environment   on   21   June   1993,   in   Lugano.7   The   entrance   dispositions   of   this   Convention   have   created   clear   essential   concepts   so   that   their   content   will   be   interpreted   similarly   by   each   member   of   this   old   European   organization.  In  the  environment  and  the  liability  aspect,  this  Convention  considers  of  great  significance:  the  life   resources  as  abiotic  and  biotic,  air,  water,  earth,  flora,  fauna,  and  other  elements  in  interaction  between  these   factors.   The  said   Convention  tends   to   regulate   the   specific   environment   protection   which   could   be  exposed  or   effected  by  different  dangerous  resources.  In  addition,  property  aspects  are  also  regulated,  especially  those  being   a  part  of  cultural  inheritance,  and  special  aspects  of  landscapes.    According  to  the  dispositions  of  this  Convention   the  following  would  be  considered  as  dangerous:  production,  treating,  storage,  use,  or  emission  of  one  or  more   dangerous   substances,   or   any   activities   which   is   of   the   similar   nature   relating   these   substances,   production,   agricultural,   treating,   storage,   use,   destruction,   disposal,   emission,   or   any   other   activities   of   one   or   more   genetically   modified   organisms     or   microorganisms   which   represent   significant   danger   for   the   human   kind,   environment,  or  property,  work  and  setting  of  cremation  equipments,  treatment,  or  recycling  of  solid  waste,  with   the  condition  that  these  represent  a  significant  danger  for  the  human  kind  and  the  environment.   When  interpreting  the  said  convention  it  is  stressed  how  a  substance  or  hazardous  substances  prepared   in  advance  have  the  ability  to  emit  a  hazard  for  the  environment  and  the  human  kind,  and  their  property  (e.g.   explosive,   oxidative,   carbonating,   toxic,   hazardous,   corrosive,   irritating   devices,   etc.)   raise   the   liability   for   the   eventual   dispute   or   contractual   damage,   which   has   to   be   compensated   if   it   is   done.     The   incidents   towards   causing  environment  damage  could  be  any  unexpected  continuous  phenomenon  or  events  which  are  of  the  same   origin,  causing  damages  ore  raise  permanent  serious  risks  to  cause  damage.  Due  to  the  effects  of  dangerous   activities,   damaged   substances   or   products   endanger   or   could   endanger   the   environment   condition,   which   5   *3DSDQGUHX H[ *UHHN 0LQLVWHU IRU )RUHLJQ $IIDLUV DW ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RQIHUHQFH ³6XVWDLQDEOH 'HYHORSPHQW IRU 3HUPDQHQW3HDFH´$WKHQV-­7  May  2003.   6   Rio   Declaration   on   Environment   and   Development,   Having   met   at   Rio   de   Janeiro   from   3   to   14   June   1992,   për   shumë  shih  ne  http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=78&articleid=1163       7   Convention   on   Civil   Liability   for   Damage   Resulting   from   Activities   Dangerous   to   the   Environment   Lugano,   21.VI.1993,  for  more  please  see  http://conventions.coe.int/treaty/en/treaties/html/150.htm    

 

110  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism manifests  in  the  emergence  of  particular  damages.  Damages  caused  from  a  particular  subject  which  have  to  be   compensated  in  conformity  with  the  foreseen  regulations  of  the  convention  are:      dying  or  personal  injury,  loss  or   damage  of  property  in  the  aspect  of  dangerous  activities,  loss  or  damage  on  the  environment,  costs  of  prevention   measures  and  any  damages  caused  by  the  execution  of  these  measures.  The  eventual  liability  for  the  caused   damages   is   clearly   regulated   by   the   dispositions   of   the   European   Convention,   and   if   this   damage   has   been   caused  after  the  entry  into  force  of  this  international  legal  act,  or  if  the  incident  has  happened  in  the  territory  of  a   contractual  party,  regardless  where  the  damage  consequences  occur,  it  is  always  the  subjects  that  are  charged   with   the   liability.   This   liability   could   be   carried   in   two   forms   as   following:     the   Liability   regarding   particular   substances,   organisms   and   settings   of  solid   waste   or   places;;   and   the   Liability  of   a   permanent   place   for   waste   extermination.     In   the   first   case,   the   carrier   of   substances   who   performs   a   dangerous   activity   is   liable   for   the   caused   damage  because  the  operation  with  such  substances  has  been  the  result  of  the  accident,  or  during  the  period  he   has  the  activities  on  control.  In  other  cases  the  carrier,  respectively  the  operator  is  liable  for  continuous  regularity   of  waste  deposit  and  if  during  this  time  a  damage  is  done  during  their  deposit  on  that  place  raises  the  civil  liability   alongside  with  obligation  to  compensate  the  damage.  From  the  regulations  on  the  liability  for  caused  damages   the  convention  has  foreseen  some  exceptions  in  cases  when  the  operator  is  free  of  obligation.  These  cases  are   when  the  damage  is  caused  in  events  of  hostility,  civil  war,  natural  phenomenon  of  extraordinary  nature  which   neither  can  be  avoided  nor  can  they  object  the  activities  of   a  third  party,  or  acceptable  levels  of  pollution  (and   what  are  the  acceptable  levels  of  pollutions  is  a  factual  issue  which  has  to  be  solved  for  each  case  considering  all   the  circumstances  of  the  objective  or  subjective  aspect),  or  the  dangerous  activities  which  have  been  performed   in  compliance  with  the  law  on  the  interest  of  a  person  who  has  been  damaged.     The  liability  for  the  damage  caused  from  pollution  has  been  practically  reduced  to  a  compensation  only  for   material  and  immaterial  damage.  The  request  for  compensation  is  initiated  to  the  national  court  authorities  and  at   the  place  where  the  loss  has  been  caused,  or  at  the  place  where  dangerous  activities  has  been  performed,  or  on   the   basis   of   permanent   inhabitation   of   the   sued   party   (the   so-­called   alternative   jurisdiction).   However,   this   convention  gives  the  possibility  for  the  requirements  of  particular  subjects,  bodies  and  organizations  dealing  with   protection,  preservation  and  improvement  of  environment  to  be  given  a  quality  civil-­legal  protection.    Therefore   with  this  legal  act  it  is  managed  to:  Prohibit  dangerous  illegal  activities  which  are  a  serious  threat  for  environment   damage;;  Have  operators  on  charge  to  undertake  particular  and  exactly  specified  measures  in  order  to  prevent   incidents  or   events   of   such   damages   in   the   future;;   Have  operators  in   charge   to   undertake   measures   after  the   incident  in  order  to  prevent  damages  also  in  the  future;;  Have  operators  on  charge  to  undertake  measures  in  order   to  turn  back  on  the  previous  condition  of  damaged  places  or  items.     In   order   to   increase   the   liability   of   individuals,   natural   or   legal   persons,   companies,   institutions   or   other   organizations   of   the   multiethnic   nature,   this   convention   has   enforced   many   countries   and   international   organization  to  organize  campaigns  in  the  field  of  reduction,  preservation,  promotion,  and  protection  of  the  living   environment  in  the  international  frames.  However,  it  was  soon  ascertained  that  for  such  an  efficient  social-­legal   reaction  it  was  not  sufficient  only  the  possibility  of  creating  civil  liabilities  for  damages  caused  in  the  environment.   After  five  years  of  intensive  efforts  of  many  scientists  and  experts  it  was  managed  to  adopt  the  new  European   Convention,  which  sets  a  significant  basis  and  the  framework  of  criminal  liability  for  such  damages  caused  by  the   environment.   5. How to regulate the criminal responsibility in local legislation For  the  first  time  in  Southern  Eastern  Balkans  a  protection  has  been  provided  for  the  environment  through   criminal  law,  in  accordance  with  the  international  Convention  through  Criminal  Law8.  Within  the  scope  of  this  law,   our  country  has  respected  the  principles  and  requirements  of  the  International  Convention  on  the  Protection  of   Environment  through  Criminal  Law.  This  Convention  has  been  adopted  by  the  European  Council  in  Strasburg  on   4th  of  November  19989.Thereby  this  very  important  international  act  aimed  to  enhance  efficiency  and  quality  of  the   plan  on  environment  protection  in  the  region  and  tasks  that  serve  to  classify  actions  or  offences  committed  by   certain   entities   against   the   environment   as   punishable   offences   when   such   actions   have   caused   damages   or   serious  harm  on  the  environment.  Practically,  such  solutions  managed  to  establish  effective  unique  grounds  for   criminal  ±  legal  protection  of  environment  within  the  European  territory  and  unify  basic  responsibilities  of  natural   8    European  Council,  Committee  on  the  Environment,  Regional  Planning  and  Local  Authorities,  Strasbourg,  1998.   9  

Convention   on   the   Protection   of   Environment   through   Criminal   Law   CETS   No.:  172   for   more   please   see   http://conventions.coe.int/treaty/Commun/QueVoulezVous.asp?NT=172&CL=ENG   111  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   legal  persons  for  any  eventual  commission  of  these  criminal  offences  10.  It  has  to  be  taken  into  account  that  the   noted  convention,  in  the  environment  protection  plan,  recommends  to  issue  and  adopt  other  legal  acts  that  are   outside  the  scope  of  the  criminal  law  and  cause  harm  to  the  environment  (such  as  administrative  offences  etc),   such  offences  also  need  to  be  punishable  and  regulated  with  an  appropriate  legislation.     All  the  countries  that   have  signed  this  Convention  are  required  to  undertake  actions  and  certain  activities.  These  activities  are  of  the   dubious   character:   national   and   international   level.   Within   the   national   level   this   convention   establishes   the   foundation   to   anticipate   certain   behaviors,   criminal   offences   and   description   of   criminal   sanctions   against   the   perpetrators  within  the  criminal  legislation.  Within  the  international  level  this  reflects  commitment  and  perfection  of   the  rules  in  legal-­international  cooperation  amongst  the  countries  against  the  criminal  activities  that  might  harm   the  environment  in  the  region  and  wider.     The   provisions   set   forth   in   this   Convention,   specifically   under   the   Section   2,   stipulate   the   object   of   environment   protection.   Certain   objects   are   considered:   humans   or   certain   values   of   human   life,   physical   and   health  integrity,  air,  water,  soil,  protected  monuments,  other  protected  facilities,  property,  plants  and  animals.  As   forms  of  threats  to  these  protected  values  special  actions  have  been  determined  (an  action  or  inaction  failure)   that  are  associated  with  certain  substances  that  cause  ionizing  radiation,  hazardous  waste,  hazardous  activities,   nuclear   material   and   other   dangerous   radioactive   materials   that   threaten   the   environment   or   its   individual   components.  These  activities  may  be  committed  intentionally  or  by  gross  negligence.  In  Europe,  in  the  viewpoint   of  criminal  law  and  its  harmonization  with  environment  protection  it  is  particularly  important  to  clearly  define  ways   and  forms  to  handle  with  hazardous  activities.     Commission   of   certain   offences   such   as   criminal   offences   that   infringe,   restrict   or   endanger   the   environment  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Convention  for  criminal  conviction  are  set  by  the  following   activities:  the  discharge,  emission  or  introduction  of  a  quantity  of  substances  or  ionizing  radiation  into  air,  soil  or   water   which,   the   unlawful   disposal,   treatment,   storage,   transport,   export   or   import   of   hazardous   waste.   The   unlawful   operation   of   a   plant   where   a   dangerous   activity   is   carried   out   and   which   causes   or   is   likely   to   cause   death  or  serious  injury  to  any  persons  or  substantial  damage  to  protected  monuments,  other  protected  objects,   property,  animals  or  plants;;   Apart   from   these   actions   and   activities   classified   as   criminal   offences   that   intent   or   assist   to   carry   out   activities  that  violate  and  threaten  the  environment  it  is  foreseen  to  punish  appropriately.  This  clearly  means  that   the  provisions  set  forth  under  the  Convention  foresee  responsibilities  in  the  form  of  cooperation  in  encouraging   and  supporting  the  struggle  towards  prevention  and  repression  against  the  criminal  offences  of  this  nature.  For   these   prohibited   and   illegal   offences   and   activities   committed   by   natural   and   legal   persons,   the   convention   provides  certain  types  of  measures  and  criminal  sanctions.  These  sanctions  are  different  such  as:  punishment  by   imprisonment  and  property  seizure  (in  the  form  of  assets,  incomes  or  other  assets).  Despite  fines  and  liabilities   that  sanction  a  criminal  offence,  there  are  other  punishable  measures  that  serve  to  maintain  a  sustainable  and   balanced   environment   within   the   scope   of   secondary   legislation.   This   Convention   does   not   imply   a   direct   application  in  special  environment  cases.  Provisions  are  to  be  applied  only  if  countries  are  individually  determined   to   do   so.   This   means   that   the   European   Council   and   others   that   recognize   and   implement   this   convention   unilaterally   are   required   to   include   this   in   their   national   criminal   legislation,   including   the   penalty   system   by   providing  them  in  accordance  to  their  type  and  according  to  the  level  of  penalty  in  compliance  with  the  convention   framework.     6. Environmental legislation   The  concept  for  appropriate  and  modern  legislation  for  a  healthy  environment  means  that  is  a  task  of  each   and  everyone  to  have  an  ultimate  goal  which  economic  development  in  accordance  with  sustainability  principles.   If  we  look  in  the  formal-­legal  aspect,  knowing  the  relevance  of  the  environment  and  the  complexity  that  it  contains   for  the  society,  apart  from  the  internal  legal  framework,  initially  it  requires  having  the  role  and  the  power  of  the   international  legislation.  Within  this  plan  it  requires  starting  by  assessing  Stockholm  Declaration  on  the  Human   Environment   dated   on   197211   .   This   declaration   has   been   adopted   aiming   to   set   up   the   foundation   of   a   equilibrated   ecological   development   which   explicitly   aims   to   deduct   the   risk   in   sense   of   provision   of   conditions   that  impact  on  life  and  its  qualities  by  paying  special  attention  to   environment  protection.  Apart  from  Stockholm   10  Criminal  Code  of  Kosovo,  Chapter  XXIV,  due  to  the  environment  importance,  animals,  plants  and  cultural  objects,  

in   accordance   with   the   Convention   on   the   Protection   of   Environment   through   Criminal   Law   has   provided   legal-­criminal   protection  to  certain  offences  that  in  this  way  jeopardizes  social  life.     11  http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=97&articleid=1503      

112  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Declaration,  the  United  Nations  made  a  decision  to  establish  competent  central  bodies  not  only  to  handle  with  the   problem  of  environment  protection  but  also  with  the  activity  coordination  in  this  area   ±  UNEP  Program  (United   Nations  Environment  Program)12,  which  operates  since  1973.  The  importance  of  Stockholm  conference  about  the   right  to  live  in  a  healthy  and  suitable  environment  was  a  solid  ground  of  many  international  reports  and  a  basic   important   legal   act   for   many   national   constitutions   and   court   rulings.   With   the   aim   of   accomplishment   of   international   legislation   for   regulation   of   mutual   issues,   being   well   aware   of   the   problem   of   an   effective   and   efficient  control  of  trans-­border  movements  of  toxic  waste,  in  1992  the  Basel  Convention  has  been  adopted.  The   aim  of  this  convention  and  its  protocols  is  to  ensure  a  completed  legislative  framework  in  order  to  perform  a  full   control  of  the  trans-­border  movement  of  dangerous  material  and  toxic  waste.  Additionally,  this  document  within  its   provisions  regulates  the  responsibilities  and  duly  payments  of  compensations  for  the  damages  caused  as  a  result   of  the  trans-­border  movements  of  dangerous  substances  and  toxic  waste,  including  even  the  incidents  that  might   occur  as  a  consequence  of  illegal  trafficking.     In  order  to  provide  a  more  efficient  legal  basis  and  a  rational  reaction  worldwide  in  1992  in  Rio  de  Janeiro   the  United  Nations  Conference  was  held  for  Environment  and  Development.  In  the  summit  which  was  organized   on   the   highest   level   took   part   178   countries   and   the   majority   voted   for   the   United   Nation   Declaration   for   Environment   and   Sustainable   Development   which   contains   27   principles   stipulated   in   terms   for   sustainable   development.13  In  this  summit  the  principles  of  the  Stockholm  Declarations  are  still  being  elaborated  and  a  new   perception  is  being  introduced  that  the  obligation  and  the  way  of  environment  protection  is  not  only  of  the  national   category  but  also  a  universal  one.  The  commission  for  Sustainable  Development  was  established  as  a  body  of   the  United  Nations  with  the  clear  task  to  monitor  the  further  course  of  actions  started  at  Earth  Summit  in  Rio.  The   Commission   for   Sustainable   Development   gathers   each   year   in   the   United   Nations   and   in   specific   sessions  is   committed   to   a   particular   subject.   In   the   conference   in   Rio   de   Janeiro   a   global   action   plan   is   adopted   for   sustainable   development   for   XXI   Century.   The   obligations   that   emerge   from   Agenda   21   enforce   173   recipient   countries.  Agenda  21  is  of  great  significance  for  the  local  governing  because  it  foresees  and  regulates  a  specific   role  for  the  local  authorities  in  order  to  begin  with  the  process  of  sustainable  development  in  this  level.  In  this   XQLYHUVDODFWLWLVVWUHVVHGWKDWµ«HDFKORFDODXWKRULW\PXVWHQWHULQto  dialog  with  its  citizens,  local  and  private   organizations,  companies,  etc.  and  to  co-­consent  the  local  Agenda  21.  Based  on  these  dispositions,  respectively   international  obligations,  the  government  should  create  the  legislative  basis  in  order  to  reach  a  consensus  with   the  wide  local,  civil  public,  particular  social  categories,  commercial  and  industrial  subjects,  and  to  collect  close   and  necessary  information  to  compile  initially  a  local  legislative  strategy,  which  at  the  end  it  should  be  appropriate   in   order   to   be   integrated   in   both   the   national   and   international   strategy.   The   Millennium   Summit   of   the   United   Nations  which  dealt  with  the  purposes  for  development  and  the  schedules  for  the  implementation  of  the  stipulated   principles  for  environment  protection  has  set  eight  essential  objectives.  This  was  done  in  order  to  encourage  all   countries  to  participate  in  solving  problems  in  the  human  development  aspect.  The  objectives  include  18  clear   possible  tasks  to  be  achieved  through:    policies  and  programs  in  the  country;;  international  aid;;  and  engagement   of  the  civil  society     Implementation  of  these  objectives  has  to  be  achieved  retroactively  in  a  period  of  25  years  starting  from   1990  until  2015.  One  of  the  eight  main  objectives  on  ensuring  the  environment  protection  has  to  be  achieved  by   accomplishing   three   tasks:   integration   of   sustainable   development   principles   into   policies   and   programs   of   the   country   and   by   reversing   the   harmful   process   of   natural   resources   on   the   other   direction;;   increase   of   people   percentage  by  2012  to  have  a  sustainable  access  to  drinking  water,  and  achievement  of  a  sound  improvement  of   living  condition  at  least  100.000.000  of  inhabitants  of  poor  neighbourhoods  as  of  202014.     In  this  meeting  a  conclusion  was  achieved  that  many  efforts  for  environment  protection  have  shown  no   results   and   this   mainly   due   to   largest   world   polluters   (USA,   Russia   and   others)   they   did   not   accept   principles   encompassed   in   previous   declaration   and   conventions   issued.   The   problems   of   climate   change   and   global   warming  they  become  a  focus  only  when  a  harmful  change  occurs  in  our  life  and  when  the  social  reaction  is  the   only  opportunity  to  improve  such  radical  changes.  The  reaction  of  international  community  in  the  legal-­formal  plan   towards  this  alarming  situation  has  seriously  started  to  be  implemented  based  on  Kyoto  Treaty,  a  legal  act  that   regulates  the  issue  of  environment  protection  from  the  polluting  activities  and  what  they  impact  on  our  climate.   This  proves  that  there  has  been  a  serious  effort  by  the  eligible  countries  for  their  responsibilities  undertaken  in   12  For  more  in  relation  to  the  mission  and  program  of  this  forum  please  see  http://www.unep.org     13  http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=78&articleid=1163     14    World  Summit  on  Sustainable  Development  held  on  2002  in  Johanesburg  

 http://www.un.org/jsummit/html/basic_info/basicinfo.html     113  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   accordance  with  the  Convention.  The  Kyoto  Protocol  has  been  adopted  in  Kyoto,  Japan,  on  11 th  of  December   1997  and  has  entered  into  force  on  16th  of  February  2005.  Insofar  this  is  signed  by  more  then  140  countries.  The   detailed  rules  on  implementation  of  the  Protocol  were  approved  in  COP  7  in  Marrakech  in  2001,  the  so-­called   ³0DUUDNHFK$JUHHPHQW´   The   objective   is   to   ensure   stabilization   and   reconstruction   of   greenhouse   gas   concentrations   in   the   atmosphere   at   a   level   that   would   prevent   dangerous   anthropogenic   interference   with   the   climate   system.   The   objectives   are   clearly   defined   and   simultaneously   set   up   requirement   to   developing   countries,   countries   with   transitional   economy   and   to   industrialized   countries   to   continuously   apply   this   protocol.  The   protocol   regulates   respectively  the  target  agreed  upon  was  an  average  reduction  of  5.2%  from  1990  in  the  period  from  2008  until   2012.   All  the   countries   that   are   required   to   reduce   gas   emissions   are   listed  in   Annex   1  of   the   Kyoto   Protocol.   European  Union  is  one  of  large  supporters  of  this  Protocol.  This  important  legal  act  has  ratified  with  the  decision   of  Council  of  Ministers  of  European  Union.  This  has  entered  into  force  on  31st  of  May  2002.   Negotiations  on  concluding  a  new  agreement  commenced  during  early  2008  that  shall  replace  the  Coyote   Protocol.  Based  upon  the  agreement,  UN  Experts  were  authorized  and  designated  to  conduct  assessments  about   the  climate  changes,  aiming  to  restrict  gas  emissions  in  all  the  countries  even  though  there  happens  to  be  serious   disagreements  on  this  issue  in  sense  of  distributing  the  burden  amongst  the  rich  headed  by  United  States  and   developing   countries   such   as   China   and   India.   As   far   as   the   developing   countries   are   concerned   including   Kosovo,  Albania  etc,  the  Protocol  does  not  provide  new  requirements  in  conjunction  with  those  foreseen  by  the   Convention,   i.e.   there   is   no   anticipation   about   the   requirement   for   reduction   of   greenhouse   emission,   but   it   provides  the  possibility  that  each  one  of  them  may  take  upon  itself  a  responsibility  based  on  its  capability.  In  order   to  produce  effects  and  create  institutional  conditions  it  is  necessary  for  Protocol  to  undertake  further  actions  such   as:  a  register  for  gas  emission;;  commitment  of  relevant  state  institutions  to  cooperate  with  UN  bodies  in  charge  to   implement  the  Convention  and  the  noted  Protocol.  This  requires  to  be  implemented  by  establishing  partnerships   with   interested   investors   aiming   to   use   clean   technology   in   Republic   of   Kosovo   and   transfer   of   knowledge   including   the   necessary   measures   for   a   transparent   process   of   investments   that   are   financially   attractive.   Afterwards  the  activity  and  attention  needs  to  be  increased  in  relation  to  the  issues  for  the  definition  and  content   of  the  environment  protection,  the  right  to  live  in  a  healthy  environment  i.e.  procedural  aspects  of  this  legislation   which  mean  the  procedural  rights  as  follows:  access  to  information  in  respect  to  living  environment,  participation   in  decision-­making  in  conjunction  with  the  environment  and  right  to  make  questions  for  the  decisions  made  with   regard   to   environment   including   the   procedural   rights   for   certain   issues   that   need   to   be   filed   to   the   court.   Procedural  regulation  of  the  noted  issues  is  important  because  it  establishes  a  flexible  and  affordable  process  for   environment  protection.   7. Conclusions The   end   of   the   last   century   marks   an   optimistic   quality   in   the   awareness   of   people   and   governmental   policies  in  sense  of  environment  protection  within  national  and  international  level.  This  occurred  due  to  significant   concerns  on  degradation  and  high  pollution  that  has  been  caused  to  global  system.  Now,  we  have  more  reasons   to  be  optimistic  because  the  institutional  reaction  is  more  serious  and  has  reflected  this  through  multidimensional   governmental  programs  which  set  as  a  priority  the  environment  protection  and  sustainable  development  not  only   in  their  formal  plans  but  efforts  are  made  to  implement  them  in  practice.  There  are  no  doubts  that  people  need  to   preserve,  promote  and  protect  the  environment.  However,  the  damage  caused  insofar  and  the  danger  which  is   constantly  preset  due  to  economic  growth  does  not  remain  a  limited  problem  in  a  territory  of  a  single  country.   Therefore,  it  is  logical  for  the  international  community  to  analyze  these  risks  and  to  mobilize  countries  about  this   risk  alarm  from  the  environment  pollution  on  a  global  level,  as  well  as  the  need  for  the  proper  quality  and  effective   protection.   The   Council   of   Europe   as   one   of   the   oldest   international   organizations   has   joined   the   approach   of   codification   and   determination   of   the   basic   rules   of   civil   and   criminal   responsibility   for   the   commission   of   damages.  Within  this  international  organization  during  nineties  of  XX  Century  conventions  were  issued  aiming  to   enhance   the   accountability   system,   rules   to   determine   the   responsibility,   responsibility   of   entities   and   the   sanctioning  system  under  the  condition  that  liabilities  of  the  member  states  to  incorporate  these  regulation  into   their  national  legislation.  Having  into  account  that  our  country  is  currently  subject  of  essential  reforms  of  policy,   social,  economic  and  legal  system  going  towards  the  harmonization  of  internal  regulations  in  compliance  with  the   regulation  or  laws  of  the  European  Union,  a  special  importance  is  deemed  to  be  rapid    adoption  of  environmental   regulations   (environmental   law)   and   to   be   in   compliance  with   the   European   law.   Therefore,   these  conventions   show  a  contribution  towards  a  rapid  and  effective  harmonization  of  our  legal  system  with  European  legislation,   especially   when   we   have   in   mind   the   environmental   risk   in   our   country.   Clearly,   during   the   last   century   the  

 

114  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism awareness   and   perception   of   people   and   governments   was   positively   provoked   in   respect   to   environment   protection,   in   both   national   and   international   level.   This   concern   can   also   be   noticed   within   the   governmental   programs   on   protection   of   environment   and   sustainable   development,   which   is   deemed   to   one   of   the   priority   issues.  There  is  no  doubt  that  people  need  to  preserve,  promote  and  protect  the  environment.  By  summarizing   this   it   means   that   actions   undertaken   for   environment   protection   are   to   be   implemented   through   sustainable   development.  Within  this  logic,  the  effectiveness  of  social  reaction  mainly  depends  on  the  rule  of  law,  adoption  of   compatible  legislation  with  relevant  international  acts,  drafting  of  a  sustainable  tourist  development  strategy  and   lastly  the  political  will  is  required.  The  South  Eastern  European  Countries  need  to  clearly  run  their  strategies  by   dividing  them  in  initial  ones  where  the  responsibility  lies  on  reaction  and  environmental  protection  which  needs  to   be  shared  amongst  the  governmental  institutions,  specialized  centers  for  sustainable  development  and  citizens.   And  the  advanced  strategy  constitutes  the  political  role  of  the  institutions  which  is  formulated  on  strong  local  and   LQWHUQDWLRQDOVXSSRUWE\HVWDEOLVKLQJPHFKDQLVPVIRUJRYHUQLQJDJUHHQGLSORPDF\³HFRGLSORPDF\´ZKLFKZLOOQRW only  create  partnership  with  relevant  countries  but  will  also  harmonize  the  reactions,  policies  and  operations  in   global  level.   References [1]  Ardal,  B.  1990.  Green  Politics:  A  Norwegian  Experience,  Scandinavian  Political  Studies.   [2]  Adam,  J.  1995.  Risk  London,  ULC  Press.   [3]  Carter,  N.  2001.  The  politics  of  the  environment,  Cambridge  University  Pres.   [4]  Krasniqi,  A.  2004.  E  drejta  në  turizëm  dhe  hotelieri,  Pejë     [5]  Turner,  R.,  Kerry,  P.D.,  and  Bateman,  I.  1994.  Environmental  Economics:  An  Elementary  Introduction,  Hamel   Hempstead,  Harvester  Wheatshef.     [6]  European  Council,  Committee  on  the  Environment,  Regional  Planning  and  Local  Authorities,  Strasbourg,  1998   [7]  Kyoto  Protocol  to  the  United  Nations  Framework  Convention  on  Climate  Change  Ardal  Brent.,  Green  Politics:   A  Norwegian  Experience,  Scandinavian  Political  Studies,  1990;;   [8]  Provision  Criminal  Code  of  Kosovo,   [9]  Report  Of  The  United  Nations  Conference  On  The  Human  Environment  Stockholm  1972.   [10]  Convention  on  the  Protection  of  Environment  through  Criminal  Law  CETS  No.:  172  Place:  Strasbourg,  Date   4/11/1998,    for  more  please  see   http://conventions.coe.int/treaty/Commun/QueVoulezVous.asp?NT=172&CL=ENG     [11]   Convention   on   Civil   Liability   for   Damage   Resulting   from   Activities   Dangerous   to   the   Environment   Lugano,   21.VI.1993,  for  more  please  see  http://conventions.coe.int/treaty/en/treaties/html/150.htm   http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=97&articleid=1503       [12]   Declaration   of   the   United   Nations   Conference   on   the   Human   Environment,   Stockholm   from   5   to   16   June   1972,  for  more  please  see    http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=97&articleid=1503       [13]  Rio  De  Janeiro  Platform  for  action  on  the  road  to  Johannesburg  2002.   http://www.eclac.org/dmaah/noticias/paginas/5/8435/platform1.pdf       [14]  Rio  Declaration  on  Environment  and  Development,  Having  met  at  Rio  de  Janeiro  from  3  to  14  June  1992,  për   shumë  shih  ne  http://www.unep.org/Documents.Multilingual/Default.asp?documentid=78&articleid=1163   [15]  World  Summit  on  Sustainable  Development  held  on  2002  in  Johanesburg   http://www.un.org/jsummit/html/basic_info/basicinfo.html   [16]   European   Council,   Committee   on   the   Environment,   Regional   Planning   and   Local   Authorities,   Strasbourg,   year  1998.   @@3DSDQGUHX*H[*UHHN0LQLVWHUIRU)RUHLJQ$IIDLUVDW,QWHUQDWLRQDO&RQIHUHQFH³6XVWDLQDEOH'HYHORSPHQW IRU3HUPDQHQW3HDFH´$WKHQV-­7  May  2003.  

115  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010  

 

NATURE BASED TOURISM, SEASONAL VARIATION AND ITS IMPACT ON EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME: EVIDENCE FROM MEGHALAYA Utpal KUMAR DE North-­Eastern  Hill  University,  India     Department  of  Economics   [email protected],    [email protected]     Amrita DEVI North-­Eastern  Hill  University,  India   Department  of  Economics   [email protected]  

 

Abstract The   present   paper   attempts   to   examine   the   impact   of   nature   based   tourism   in   Meghalaya   on   the   income   and   employment.  Nature  based  tourism  has  important  impact  on  the  welfare  of  the  local  people  of  Meghalaya,  especially  women   who  have  been  engaged  in  various  tourism  related  activities  along  with  the  others  involved  in  hotel  and  higher  level  activities   related   to   tourism.   It   is   examined   through   the   variation   in   income   and   employment   in   relation   to   the   seasonal   variation   in   tourist   inflow   in   various   sites   of   the   state.   The   analysis   of   primary   data   and   estimated   income   and   employment   multiplier   reveals   huge   potential   of   tourism   for   the   growth   of   the   state   economy.   It   thus   calls   for   a   better   tourism   management   and   adoption  of  appropriate  tourism  policy.    

Keywords: Nature  based Tourism,  seasonality,  income  multiplier,  employment  multiplier,  Meghalaya    

JEL Classiffication: Q20,  Q26,  Q56,  L26,  D31,  O13,  D31  E26 1. Introduction Tourism   is   a   multicomponent   industry,   many   parts   of   which   are   inextricably   linked   to   other   economic   sectors  such  as  airlines  to  transportation;;  souvenir  shops,  concession  stands  and  restaurants  to  retail  or  service;;   hotels  and  other  accommodation  to  commercial  development.  Thus  it  generates  employment  and  income  directly   and   indirectly   through   its   multidimensional   inter-­sectoral   linkages   in   various   ways.   The   impact   of   tourism   is   manifold.   Tourism   industry   nourishes   economy   of   an   area,   stimulates   development   process,   restores   cultural   heritage,  and  helps  in  maintaining  international  peace  and  understanding.  Thus,  an  analysis  of  employment  and   income  generated  through  tourism  in  an  area  would  help  in  understanding  the  potential  of  tourism  and  provide   some   guidelines   for   the   policy   formulation   towards   investment   and   other   measures   necessary   for   the   overall   improvement   of   tourism   in   the   area.   The   present   paper   seeks   to   examine   the   potential   impact   of   tourism   on   income  and  employment  in  Meghalaya.     The  plan  of  the  paper  is  as  follows.  In  the  next  section  a  background  of  the  study  is  provided,  which  is   followed   by   a   brief   description   of   tourism   scenario   in   Meghalaya   is   given.   Then   impact   of   tourism   and   a   few   relevant  studies  have  been  outlined.  Thereafter,  the  methodology  adopted  in  the  presented  study  is  described,   which  is  followed  by  a  brief  description  of  the  sample  characteristics.  The  next  section  provides  the  observation   and  the  final  section  includes  the  policy  implication  of  the  study.   2. Background Tourism   has   now   emerged   as   an   instrument   for   employment   generation,   poverty   alleviation   and   sustainable  human  development.  ,WKDVHPHUJHGDVWKHZRUOG¶VODUJHVWLQGXVWU\DQGJURZLQJDWDYHU\IDVWUDWH (UNEP,  2002).  During  last  few  decades  both  the  international  tourism  as  well  as  domestic  has  grown  at  very  fast   rate  both  in  developed  countries  and  also  in  many  Asian  and  Latin  American  countries  (Roe  et  al.  1997;;  Goodwin   2000).  It  has  become  a  major  source  of  foreign  exchange  earnings,  employment  generation  and  a  very  important   contributor   to   government   revenues,   for   both   developed   and   developing   countries   alike.   In   2009,   this   industry   contributed  over  US  $13  trillion  to  global  revenue  and  this  number  has  been  increasing  exponentially  ever  since.   For   many   developing   countries,   tourism   has   become   one   of   the   major   contributors   to   social   and   economic   development,  whereas  for  many  others,  tourism  is  the  prime  source  of  foreign  exchange  revenue.  For  example,  it   contributes  nearly  70  per  cent  of  the  GDP  in  Maldives.  About  $  900  million  is  generated  and  160000  people  got   employment  directly  and  indirectly  from  tourism  in  Ghana  in  2006  (Waveren  et  al.  2009).  However,  the  benefits  of  

 

116  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism tourism   may   be   outweighed   by   the   damages   done   to   local   environment,   and   the   repatriation   of   profits   by   the   foreign  investors  (leakages  from  tourism).  Therefore,  maintenance  of  tourism  resources  has  become  an  important   issue  in  the  context  of  development  of  tourism  activities  for  its  sustainable  progress  as  well  as  maintenance  of   economic  growth.     The  World  Travel  and  Tourism  Council  (WTTC)  statistics  revealed  that  in  the  year  2009,  travel,  tourism   and  related  aFWLYLWLHVKDYHFRQWULEXWHGDSSUR[LPDWHO\SHUFHQWRIWKHZRUOG¶V*'3WKDWZDVH[SHFWHGWRJURZ to  10.6  per  cent  by  2012.15  The  estimated  contribution  to  the  total  employment  by  this  industry  was  1  in  every   12.2  jobs  i.e.,  8.2  per  cent  of  total  employment  and  that  was  expected  to  rise  to  8.6  per  cent  by  2012  (WTTC   2010).   India   has   also   taken   rapid   strides   in   this   industry.   From   a   modest   17,000   tourist   arrivals   with   foreign   exchange  earnings  of    7.7  cr  in  Indian  Rupees  (Rs)16  in  1951,  the  industry  has  progressed  to  earn  about  Rs.  5070   cr.  of  foreign  exchange  in  2008  with  a  tourist  inflow  of  over  39.2  lakhs  (Gupta  2007;;  indiastat.com).  This  industry   also   provided   direct   employment   to   5.3   million   people   and   an   estimated   8.5   million   people   got   employment   indirectly,   recording   a   total   of   13.8   million   people   in   the   industry   in   2001.   This   industry   also   provides   an   opportunity   to   display   the   local   specialties   in   terms   of   the   skills   of   local   people   in   handloom   and   handicrafts   through  fairs  and  festivals  (Gupta  2007,  op.  cit.).   The  potential  of  Travel  and  Tourism  industry  in  Indian  economy  is  also  reflected  by  the  Travel  and  Tourism   Competitiveness  Report  2009  published  by  the  World  Economic  Forum.  According  to  this  Report,  India  is  ranked   11th  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region  and  62nd  overall  on  the  list  of  the  world's  attractive  destinations.  It  is  ranked  the  14th   best  tourist  destination  for  its  natural  resources  and  24th  for  its  cultural  resources,  with  many  World  Heritage  sites,   both  natural  and  cultural,  rich  fauna,  and  strong  creative  industries  in  the  country.  India  also  bagged  the  37th  rank   for  its  air  transport  network.  The  Indian  travel  and  tourism  industry  ranked  5th  in  terms  of  expected  long-­term  (10-­ year)  growth  and  is  expected  to  be  the  second  largest  employer  in  the  world  by  2019.  This  Report  also  estimated   the  contribution  of  travel  and  tourism  to  the  gross  domestic  product  (GDP)  to  be  about  6.0  per  cent  (US$  67.3   billion)  in  2009  and  indicated  that  this  could  increase  to  US$  187.3  billion  by  2019.  Moreover,  it  was  expected  that   the  travel  and  tourism  sector  would  contribute  6.4  per  cent  of  total  employment  (i.e.,  1  in  every  15.6  jobs)  in  2009   and   this   contribution   is   expected   to   grow   over   time   and   generate   40037000   jobs   i.e.   7.2   per   cent   of   total   employment  (1  in  every  13.8  jobs)  in  the  country  by  2019  (IBEF  Report  2009).   Another  recent  report  of  the  ASSOCHAM  indicated  that  an  investment  of  Rs.  10  lakhs  in  tourism  in  India   can  generate  89  jobs,  as  against  45  jobs  in  agriculture  and  13  in  manufacturing  industry  (BSE  2003).  As  such,  by   2020,  Tourism  in  India  may  contribute  Rs  8.5  crores  to  the  GDP  and  in  the  process  enable  every  man,  woman   and  child  to  become  richer  by  Rs  7000  (WTTC  2005).     This  can  be  further  validated  by  the  increasing  volume  of  tourist  inflow  to  the  country.    According  to  the   7RXULVP6WDWLVWLFV,QGLD¶VRFFXSLHGWKHst  rank  in  World  Tourism  Arrivals  and  in  terms  of  World  Tourism   Receipts  its  rank  improved  from  34th  in  1998  to  23rd   in  2008.  Average  Indian  foreign  exchange  earning  per  tourist   in  2005  was  $1462  which  was  2nd  to  USA  that  stood  at  $1698.     The   latest   Tourism   Satellite   Accounting   (TSA)   research,   released   by   the   World   Travel   and   Tourism   Council  (WTTC)  and  its  strategic  partner  Oxford  Economics  in  March  2009  indicated  that:     ƒ The  demand  for  travel  and  tourism  in  India  is  expected  to  grow  by  8.2  per  cent  between  2010  and  2019   and  will  place  India  at  the  third  position  in  the  world;;     ƒ ,QGLD¶VWUDYHODQGWRXULVPVHFWRULVH[SHFWHGWREHWKHVHFRQGODUJHVWHPSOR\HULQWKHZRUOGHPSOR\LQJ   40037000  by  2019  (same  as  IBEF  Report  2009);;     ƒ Capital  investment  in  India's  travel  and  tourism  sector  is  expected  to  grow  at  8.8  per  cent  between  2010   and  2019;;     ƒ The   report   forecasts   India   to   get   capital   investment   worth   US$   94.5   billion   in   the   travel   and   tourism   sector  in  2019;;     ƒ India  is  projected  to  become  the  fifth  fastest  growing  business  travel  destination  from  2010-­2019  with  an   estimated  real  growth  rate  of  7.6  per  cent.     In   spite   of   the   immense   tourism   potential,   India   is   yet   to   realize   its   full   potential   as   a   popular   tourist   GHVWLQDWLRQDQGDWSUHVHQWWRXULVPFRQWULEXWHVRQO\DERXWSHUFHQWRIWKHFRXQWU\¶V*'3 *2, ,QIDFWLQ India  could  attract  only  1.25  per  cent  of  the  total  tourists  visiting  different  countries  in  the  world.  Therefore  in  order   15  This  is  despite  the  fact  that  during  2008-­09  there  was  a  significant  decline  in  international  tourism  due  to  swine  flu  

and  economic  slowdown  and  income  from  tourism  decline  by  4.8  per  cent.   16  At  present  one  US  dollar  is  equivalent  to  about  47  Indian  Rupee  (Rs).   117  

Volume  I  Issue  2(2)  Winter  2010   to   harness   the   vast   unexplored   prospects   of   tourism,   a   New   Tourism   Policy   was   formulated   in   2002,   which   envisaged  the  role  of  tourism  as  a  catalyst  in  employment  generation,  wealth  creation,  development  of  remote   and  rural  areas,  environment  preservation  and  social  integration.  This  policy  also  aimed  to  spruce  up  economic   JURZWKDQGSURPRWH,QGLD¶VVWUHQJWKVDVDWRXULVPGHVWLQDWLRQWKDWLVERWKVDIHDQGDWWKHVDPHWLPHH[FLWLQJ7R achieve  all  these,  the  policy  proposed  the  inclusion  of  tourism  in  the  Concurrent  List  of  the  Indian  Constitution  so   as  to  enable  both  the  central  and  the  state  governments  to  participate  in  the  growth  of  this  sector.  Looking  at  its   potential,  government  of  India  in  the  2006-­07  annual  budgets  had  allocated  about  Rs.350  crores  for  the  creation   of  better  tourism  facilities.  The  Central  Government  of  India  has  also  given  special  emphasis  to  boost  this  sector   further  and  in  2007-­2008  had  sanctioned  nearly  Rs.146  crores  for  86  projects  involved  in  the  creation  of  better   tourism  infrastructure  and  its  promotion.    

3. Tourism Scenario of Meghalaya   Nature  based  tourism  has  been  occupying  the  central  stage  of  tourism  in  the  state  of  Meghalaya  in  terms   of  generation  of  revenue  and  employment.  This  state  is  endowed  with  diverse  scenic  natural  beauty  that  attracts   a  large  number  of  domestic  and  foreign  tourists  every  year.  At  present  there  are  over  70  tourist  spots  in  the  state,   of  which  25  are  major  sites.  Barring  Assam,  the  state  of  Meghalaya  has  a  good  potential  of  attracting  domestic   and  foreign  tourists  than  the  other  North-­Eastern  states  due  to  its  better  transport  and  communication  network,   absence   of   Inner   Line   Permit   norms,   limited   socio-­cultural   disturbances   in   the   state,   presence   of   a   greater   number  of  hotels  and  tourist  resorts  and  the  pleasant  climate  and  scenic  beauty,  which  is  preferred  by  the  visitors   from  other  zones  especially  during  the  summer  time.   Although,  tourism  is  one  of  the  most  important  economic  activities  in  the  state  of  Meghalaya,  yet  the  state   has   not   been   able   to   utilise   the   full   potential   of   its   tourism   resources   for   the   generation   of   employment   and   income.  At  present,  the  transport  and  tourism  sectors  contribute  only  about  5-­6  per  cent  of  Net  State  Domestic   Product  (NSDP).17  However,  hotel,  trade  and  restaurants  together  contribute  around  12  per  cent  of  the  NSDP  that   have   a   very   close   link   with   the   development   of   tourism   in   the   state.   Majority   of   hotels   and   restaurants   in   Meghalaya  and  the  transport  sector  primarily  cater  to  the  needs  of  the  tourists  throughout  the  year.  In  order  to   boost  the  tourism  sector  in  the  state,  the  Government  of  Meghalaya  allocated  Rs  35  crores  for  the  development   of  tourism  in  the  11th  five  year  plan  of  which,  Rs  3.75  crores  were  allocated  in  2008-­09  budget  and  Rs  20  crores   are  expected  to  be  spent  in  the  current  fiscal  year  (2009-­10). Table 1. Tourist  Inflow  to  Some  of  the  Popular  North-­Eastern  States  of  India  (1996-­2007)   Meghalaya Year

DomesticForeign

Manipur Total

Domestic Foreign

Sikkim

Assam

Nagaland

Total

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Domestic

Foreign

Total

1996   136183   1573  

137756  

84,025  

288  

84,313  

145256  

8642  

153898  

348532  

2575  

351107  

NA  

NA  

NA  

1997   115563   1071  

116634  

87,074  

219  

87,293  

116500  

8068  

124568  

327160  

5885  

333045  

NA  

NA  

NA  

1998   136952   1055  

138007  

91,620  

173  

91,793  

133158  

6111  

139269  

842656  

4194  

846850  

NA  

NA  

NA  

1999   159730   1971  

161701  

95,897  

294  

96,191  

139085  

8563  

147648  

939721  

3843  

943564  

NA  

NA  

NA  

2000   169929   2327  

172256  

99,399  

335  

99,734  

144203  

8794  

152997  

964939  

5218  

970157  

13268  

551  

13819  

2001   178697   2390  

181087  

NA  

NA  

NA  

146923  

7757  

154680  

1015077  

5959  

1007536  

29952  

920  

30872  

2002   268529   3191  

271720  

NA  

NA  

NA  

160789  

8539  

169328  

1010651  

6171  

1016822  

13543  

526  

14069  

2003   371953   6304  

378257  

NA  

NA  

NA  

176759  

10926  

187685  

1953915  

6409  

1960318  

14870  

870  

15740  

2004   433495   12407   445902  

NA  

NA  

NA  

230719  

14646  

245365  

2156675  

6613  

2163288  

10056  

1084  

11140  

2005   375911   5099  

381010  

NA  

NA  

NA  

251697  

16517  

268214  

2286630  

7285  

2293915  

17470  

883  

18353  

2006   400287   4259  

404546  

NA  

NA  

NA  

302486  

18049  

320535  

1786823  

8404  

1795227  

15030  

1002  

16032  

2007   457685   5267  

462952  

NA  

NA  

NA  

331182  

17837  

349019  

NA  

NA  

NA  

NA  

NA  

NA  

13.8  

 

 

 

 

8.86  

 

 

 

18.36  

 

 

-­2.4  

ȕ  

 

 

Source:  Directorate  of  Tourism  of  Assam,  Manipur,  Meghalaya  and  Sikkim.   Note:   L ȕUHSUHVHQWVDQQXDOH[SRQHQWLDOJURZWKUDWH LL 1$PHDQVGDWDDUHQRWDYDLODEOH

17  

It   is   calculated   by   the   author   from   the   industry-­wise   division   of   NSDP   obtained   from   Statistical   Abstract   of   Meghalaya.    

118  

3.1. Tourist Inflow in Meghalaya during Last Decade The  temporal  variation  in  tourist  inflow  in  Meghalaya  and  some  other  states  for  which  data  were  available   have   been   presented   in   Table   1.   The   table   shows   that   total   number   of   domestic   tourists   visiting   the   state   of   Meghalaya  has  increased  significantly  from  136183  to  457685  during  1996  to  2007;;  while  the  numbers  of  foreign   tourists   have   increased   from   1573   to   5267   during   the   same   period.   Despite   that,   the   percentage   share   of   Meghalaya  to  total  number  of  tourists  visiting  North-­East  India  as  a  whole  has  declined  over  time,  which  may  be   attributed   to   the   fact   that   in   the   early   years,   Meghalaya   was   the   preferred   destination   of   most   of   the   tourists   visiting  North-­Eastern  India.  However,  with  the  emergence  of  new  tourist  destinations,  particularly  in  the  states  of   Assam  and  Arunachal  Pradesh,  the  percentage  of  tourist  inflow  to  Meghalaya  as  compared  to  the  other  North-­ Eastern  states  is  decreasing.       3.2. A Brief Overview of the Tourism Infrastructure in Meghalaya Growth  of  tourism  in  any  area  depends  not  only  on  the  diversity  of  tourist  sites  but  also  on  several  other   factors   including   transport   and   communication   facilities,   availability   of   hotels   and   restaurants,   expansion   of   information  network,  condition  of  security  of  the  people  etc.  Table  2  shows  the  growth  of  a  few  of  those  indicators   in   the   state   of   Meghalaya.   The   table   shows   that   annual   exponential   growth   of   number   of   registered   hotels   in   Meghalaya   during   1999-­00   to   2007-­08   was   6.8   per   cent.   Though   there   are   51   registered   hotels   the   actual   number  of  hotels  and  other  guest  houses  of  different  government  and  private  organisations  are  much  more  that   hosts  a  large  number  of  visitors  every  year.  Though  the  rate  of  growth  of  registered  taxies  during  the  period  was   over  29  per  cent  and  that  of  road  density  per  100  sq.  km.  was  merely  1.7  per  cent  and  that  indicates  the  rising   pressure   of   vehicles   on   the   roads.   Besides   that   there   are  other   regional   and   other   transport   services   and   the   growth  of  vehicles  is  an  indication  of  rising  demand  of  the  visitors  in  the  state.      

Table 2. Growth  of  Various  Tourism  Related  Infrastructures  in  Meghalaya  

  Year

No. of Registered Hotels

No. of Registered Taxis

Road Length in K.M.

Road Density per 100 Sq. Km.

1996-­97  

NA  

NA  

6491  

28.94  

1999-­00  

29  

1209  

7117  

31.73  

2000-­01  

-­-­  

NA  

7328  

32.67  

2001-­02  

-­-­  

NA  

7598  

33.88  

2002-­03  

-­-­  

NA  

7490  

33.39  

2003-­04  

-­-­  

5985  

7682  

34.25  

2004-­05  

-­-­  

7150  

7877  

35.12  

2005-­06  

-­-­  

8338  

7978  

35.57  

2006-­07  

-­-­  

9387  

7960  

35.49  

2007-­08  

51  

NA  

8164  

36.39  

Annual  Exponential   Growth  Rate  (%)  

6.8  

29.28  

1.7  

1.7  

Sources:     (i)  PWD  (R&B),  Meghalaya  and  Directorate  of  Tourism,  Government  of  Meghalaya.                                 (ii)  Directorate  of  Statistics,  Government  of  Meghalaya.   Note:  NA  means  not  available.    

Though  the  number  of  hotels  does  not  indicate  the  exact  capacity  of  boarding  and  various  hotels  have   different  capacities   including   their   variation   in   facilities   for   the   guests,   yet   in   the   absence   of   full   information;;   it   provides   a   rough   idea   of   over   time   rising   capacity   to   meet   the   requirements   of   rising   tourists.   Excluding   the   increase  in  the  number  of  taxies  over  time,  the  growth  of  road  network  and  hotels  are  found  to  be  insufficient  for  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 meeting  the  increasing  demand  of  tourists  in  the  state.  From  the  practical  experience  of  the  researcher,  it  has   also   been   found   that   it   is   very   difficult   to   get   a   booking   in   a   good   hotel   in   Shillong   even   a   month   in   advance   especially  during  the  months  of  vacation  in  other  parts  of  the  country  when  the  number  of  visitors   multiply  by   several   times   (as   the   peak   tourist   season)   every   year.   Sometimes,   these   factors   along   with   road   blockades,   political  strike  in  the  adjoining  transit  states  etc.  cause  adverse  impact  on  the  number  of  visitors.                 4. A Brief Description of the Positive Impacts of Tourism and Earlier Studies It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  growth  of  tourism  in  any  area  has  both  positive  and  negative  impacts.   It  has  been  observed  that  the  rapid  growth  of  tourism  in  the  twentieth  century  has  produced  both  problems  and   opportunities   on   a   vast   scale   for   societies   and   its   impact   has   been   manifold   -­   economic,   socio-­cultural,   environmental  and  political  (Chopra  1991).  Governments  have  become  aware  that  tourism  is  not  merely  a  useful   PHDQVRIDGGLQJWRDQDWLRQ¶VZealth  but  also  brings  with  it  serious  long-­term  problems  which,  without  careful   control  and  planning,  can  escalate  to  a  point  where  they  threaten  the  society.       As  in  the  case  of  any  other  industry,  tourism  has  important  bearing  on  the  economy  of  the  area  in  which  it   is  undertaken.  Notwithstanding  the  size  of  an  area  affected  by  tourism,  its  economic  effects  can  be  categorised   into  four  groups:  Income,  Employment,  Balance  of  Payments  and  Investment  and  Development  (Holloway  1985).   Mechanism  through  which  the  people  around  the  places  of  tourist  importance  especially  the  poorer  can  benefit   from  tourism  are  (a)  employment  in  tourism  enterprises,  (b)  supply  of  goods  and  services  to  tourism  enterprises,   (c)  direct  sales  of  goods  and  services  to  visitors,  (d)  establishment  and  running  of  tourism  enterprises,  (e)  tax  or   levy   on   tourism   income   or   profits   with   proceeds   benefiting   the   poor,   (f)   donations   and   support   provided   by   tourism   enterprises   and   tourists   and   (g)   investments   in   infrastructure   stimulated   by   tourism   development   benefiting  the  poor.   The  growth  of  tourism  in  an  area  also  has  visible  social  and  environmental  effects,  which  can  have  both   political  and   economic   consequences.   These   effects   are  significantly   compounded  in   the   case   of   international   tourism.  Recognising  this  aspect  of  tourism,  the  OECD  in  its  report  on  the  impact  of  tourism  on  the  environment    FRPPHQWHG³$KLJKTXDOLW\RIHQYLURQPHQWLVHVVHQWLDOIRUWRXULVP2QWKHRWKHUKDQGWKHTXDOLW\RIWKH environment   is   threatened   by   tourist   devHORSPHQW LWVHOI ZKLFK LV SURPRWHG«EHFDXVH RI LWV HFRQRPLF LPSRUWDQFH´7KHUHIRUHWKHUHH[LVWVDSDUDGR[EHWZHHQWRXULVPGHYHORSPHQWDQGWKHHQYLURQPHQWTXDOLW\RIDQ area.   The   cultural   and   social   impacts   of   tourism   are   not   only   dependent   on   the   number   of   tourists   visiting   a   UHJLRQEXWDOVRRQWKHµQDWXUH¶RIWRXULVPSURYLGHGE\WKHDUHD)RULQVWDQFHDWRXULVWZKRVHSULPDU\PRWLYHLVWR learn   about   new   cultures   will   fully   accept   and   acclimatise   to   the   foreign   customs   and   traditions,   and   will   also   attempt  WRH[SORUHWKHUHJLRQLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQRUGHUWREHµOHVVYLVLEOH¶LQWKHDUHD+RZHYHUWRXULVPRSHUDWRUV WRGD\ DUH LQFUHDVLQJO\ µSDFNDJLQJ¶ UHFUHDWLRQDO VLWHV IRU ZHDOWK\ WRXULVWV ZKR YLVLW DQ DUHD ZLWK VSHFLILF expectations   for   facilities   that   they   are   accustomed   to   using   in   every   day   life.   Since   many   recreational   sites,   situated   in   remote   areas   do   not   normally   have   access   to   such   resources,   the   surrounding   areas   have   to   be   SHUPDQHQWO\DOWHUHGIRUPHHWLQJWKHYLVLWRUV¶UHTXLUHPHQWV7KLVRIWHQLQYROYHVGisplacing  local  indigenous  people   and  interference  in  their  ordinary  lives,  which  is  not  surprisingly  strongly  resented  by  them,  and  at  times  viewed   DVDQHZIRUPRIµFRORQLDOLVP¶E\WKHULFKHUVHFWLRQVRIVRFLHW\ +ROORZD\  op.  cit.).  However,  the  growth  of  tourism   in  an  area  also  has  positive  social  impacts,  since  it  not  only  opens  up  new  avenues  for  earning  income,  but  also   OHDGVWRDUHJHQHUDWLRQRIDZDUHQHVVDQGSULGHLQRQH¶VWUDGLWLRQVDQGFXOWXUHV,QPDQ\DUHDVWRXULVPKDVOHG to  the  revival  of  interest  in  tribal  culture  and  traditions,  regeneration  and  growth  of  cottage  industries  catering  to   tourist  needs  and  has  also  opened  up  new  avenues  for  knowledge  and  learning.   In  most  tourist  destinations  of  developing  countries,  the  livelihood  impacts  of  tourism,  takes  various  forms.   Jobs  and  wages  are  only  a  part  of  livelihood  gains  and  often  not  the  most  significant  ones.  Tourism  can  generate   four   different   types   of   local   cash   income,   involving   four   distinct   categories   of   people:   (a)   Wages   from   formal   employment,   (b)   Earnings   from   selling   goods,   services,   or   casual   labour   (e.g.   food,   crafts,   building   materials,   guide  services),  (c)  Dividends  and  profits  arising  from  locally-­owned  enterprises  and  (d)  Collective  income:  this   may  include  profits  from  a  community-­run  enterprise,  dividends  from  a  private  sector  partnership  and  land  rental   paid  by  an  investor.  Waged  employment  can  be  sufficient  to  lift  a  household  from  an  insecure  to  a  secure  footing,   but  it  may  only  be  available  to  a  minority  of  people,  and  not  the  poor.  Casual  earnings  may  be  very  small,  but   more  widely  spread,  and  may  be  enough,  for  instance,  to  cover  school  fees  for  one  or  more  children.     Local   participation   in   the   industry   can   be   categorised   into   three   different   categories:   the   formal   sector   (such  as  hotels),  the  informal  sector  (such  as  vending)  and  secondary  enterprises  that  are  linked  to  tourism  (such   as  food  retail  and  telecommunications).    

 

120  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Experience  from  Asia  suggests  that  as  a  destination  is  developing,  accommodation  for  tourists  can  be  as   simple   as   offering   home   stays   at   the   early   stage,   with   lodges,   guest   houses   and   hotels   replacing   more   basic   options  as  tourism  grow,  and  some  of  these  may  even  include  foreign  companies.  Once  luxury  resorts  start  to   develop,   the   scenario   becomes   more   complex   with   international   investors   beginning   to   play   a   much   more   dominant  role.   Transport  tends  to  fall  into  a  grey  area  between  formal  and  informal  sectors.  Most  destinations  have  taxis,   jeeps  or  other  motorised  forms  of  transport,  often  driven  by  the  owners.  As  things  expand  organised  associations   of  owners,  operating  on  a  rota  system  become  more  common.     There  are  references  of  cases  where  high-­status  jobs  in  resorts  typically  go  to  non-­locals,  expatriate  staff   or  foreign-­trained  nationals.  However,  there  is  almost  no  analysis  of  who  is  employed  in  middle  and  lower  ranking   jobs.  The  potential  for  employment  of  local  staff  seems  to  improve  as  one  move  away  from  the  luxury  resorts  into   less  established  areas.     The   informal   sector   includes   activities   such   as   vending,   running   stalls   and   collecting   fuel   wood   for   the   tourist   industry.   The   informal   sector   often   provides   an   easy   entry   into   the   industry   for   the   poor,   especially   for   women.  Many  of  the  small  food  shops,  local  artisan  shops  in  the  tourist  sites  of  Meghalaya  are  own  and  run  by   the  women.  The  incomes  can  be  substantial  but  unreliable  as  it  is  often  reported  a  seasonal  activity.   The  informal  sector  in  many  areas  tends  to  get  the  least  attention  when  interventions  are  planned,  and   interventions  such  as  planning  permissions  are  frequently  detrimental  to  this  sector.  However,  there  are  cases   where  initiatives  such  as  flexible  licensing  systems  and  cooperatives  and  associations  have  helped  the  sector.  In   Meghalaya  many  of  those  are  controlled  and  regulated  by  the  local  Dorbars  while  some  are  still  unregulated  and   run   independently   by   the   owners.   In   most   of   the   cases,   causal   labour   and   self-­employment   provide   major   opportunities  for  local  communities  here  to  enhance  their  livelihood  opportunities  from  tourism.  Here,  unlike  the   formal   employment,   self-­employment   tends   to   highlight   the   entrepreneurial   spirit   of   village   communities.   Significant   gains   also   accrue   from   economic   linkages   between   tourism   and   other   economic   sectors   such   as   agriculture,  horticulture,  animal  husbandry  and  handicrafts  which  are  also  found  in  the  study  of  Shah,  and  Gupta   (2000).   The   relation   between   tourism   and   employment   in   Kenya   and   Tanzania   has   been   recognised   by   Elkan   (1975).  He  however  pointed  out  that  the  unqualified  enthusiasm  of  some  for  the  development  of  tourism  as  a   strategy  for  the  development  of  low  income  countries  was  only  matched  by  the  equally  unqualified  scepticism  of   others.  Using  the  survey  of  hotels  and  tourist  industries  of  Kenya  and  Tanzania  he  examined  costs  and  benefits   of  tourism  and  argued  that  the  balance  of  advantage  was  dependent  greatly  on  the  policies  pursued  with  regard   to  the  particular  form  of  hotel  and  tourist  development.  Besides  employment  and  income,  the  impacts  of  tourism   were   also   found   in   the   non-­economic   spheres   like   moral,   social   and   family   life   (Mings   1978).   Thus   Mings   stressed  on  further  research  on  various  unexplored  aspects  of  impacts  of  tourism.         Farver   (1984)   analysed   the   actual   employment   possibilities   in   Gambia   in   the   light   of   the   tourism   investment.   Using   findings   of   an   economic   survey   he   concluded   that   hopes   of   economic   development   being   catalysed  by  tourism  are  unfounded  and  misleading.  His  conclusion  was  supported  by  another  structural  analysis   and  characterisation  of  the  tourist  industry  in  Gambia.     Wilkinson  (1989)  also  emphasized  on  the  tourism  as  an  alternative  source  of  economic  development  in   the  Island  Microstates  and  thus  prescribed  for  careful  planning  and  integration  of  tourism  into  the  local  system.   The  Island  Microstates  were  suggested  to  maximise  benefits  along  with  minimising  environmental  economic  and   socio-­cultural  costs.     Using   inter-­sectoral   linkages   through   input-­output   analysis   Kweka,   Morrissey,   and   Blake   (2001)   has   shown   the   significant   positive   impact   of   tourism   on   the   economy   of   Tanzania.   Again   Kweka   (2004)   through   computable  general  equilibrium  (CGE)  demonstrated  the  potential  contribution  of  tourism  for  economic  growth  in   Tanzania.   Infrastructure   development   is   found   to   amplify   the   welfare   impact   of   tourism   taxation   through   its   interaction  effect  which  in  turn  can  help  improving  infrastructure  and  thus  benefit  the  economy  as  a  whole.   McCatty,   and   Serju   (2006)   estimated   that   the   multiplier   effect   of   Jamaican   tourist   on   the   GDP   of   the   country  was  small  at  1  and  for  every  one  per  cent  growth  of  tourism;;  employment  expands  by  0.3  per  cent  only.         Ajala   (2008)   explained   four   tourism   enterprises   viz.   hotel,   souvenir,   tour   guide   and   water   transport   business  to  pin  point  the  potentiality  of  tourism  as  catalyst  of  development.  Using  secondary  as  well  as  primary   data   collected   through   survey   and   questionnaire   administration   he   calculated   the   multiplier   effect   of   tourism   investment  on  the  nation  economy.  

121  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 Pratt  (2009)  examined  the  economic  impact  of  uncertain  tourism  demand  in  Hawaii  by  incorporating  a  risk   factor  into  a  CGE  model.  Also  he  suggested  some  measure  that  the  government  should  undertake  to  overcome   such  adverse  impact  that  may  arise  due  to  the  shock  in  tourism  demand  in  the  country.       The  importance  of  natural   amenities  in  explaining  rural  growth  patterns  has  also  been  widely  accepted   within   the   rural   development   literature   (Marcouiller   2007,   Isserman   2001;;   OECD   1999,   Power   1988).   Both   descriptive   analysis   (McGranahan   1999)   and   more   advanced   statistical   modelling   approaches   (Deller,   Tsai,   Marcouiller,  and  English  2001)  have  consistently  found  that  rural  areas  endowed  with  natural  and  built  amenities-­   such   as   scenic   beauty,   recreational  sites,   and   tourism   attributes-­   experience   higher   rates   of   economic   growth   than   the   US   average.   Using   Gini   coefficient   of   observed   data,   Marcouiller   Kim,   and   Deller   (2004)   however   showed  that  certain  types  of  natural  amenities  in  the  US  lake  states  were  clearly  related  to  the  distribution  of   income.     Although   a  number   of   studies   mention   the   ability   of   tourism   to   provide   employment   to  semi-­skilled   and   unskilled  labourer  (John,  1974;;  Attanayake,  Samaranayake,  and  Ratnapala,  1983)  as  well  as  women  UNED-­UK,   1999),   some   others   pointed   out   the   higher   proportion   of   skilled   labour   employed   in   this   sector   (Green   1979).   Riley,  and  Szivas  (2009)  however  opined  that  the  creation  of  new  jobs  by  the  development  of  tourism  alone  does   not  lead  automatically  to  the  creation  of  wealth  for  the  indigenous  population  because  new  jobs  may  not  provide   an  acceptable  standard  of  living,  which  in  turn  leads  to  an  abnormal  extension  of  effort  in  terms  of  hours  worked.   From   the   micro-­level   study   of   unskilled   labour   they   proved   the   downward   slopping   nature   of   labour   supply   function   indicating   the   distress   supply   of   labour   in   the   tourism   sector   and   thus   raised   doubt   about   the   actual   impact  of  tourism  on  removing  poverty.  The  returns  to  unskilled  workers  engaged  in  tourism  related  industries   were  found  to  be  less  than  those  to  other  tourism  related  occupations  such  as  skilled  workers  or  entrepreneurs,   even  in  the  expanding  phase  of  the  industry  (Blake  et  al.  2008).   5. Materials and Methods In  order  to  understand  the  potential  of  tourism  for  the   generation  of  income  and  employment  a  sample   survey  has  been  conducted  in  the  capital  city  of  Meghalaya  Shillong  where  most  of  the  tourists  stay  throughout   the   year   and   around   three   major   site   areas,   Lady   Hydari   Park   (situated   within   the   city),   Shillong   Peak   (the   highest  peak  of  the  state  at  about  15KM  away  from  the  city)  and  Cherrapunjee  area  (the  wettest  place  on  the   earth).   Data   were   collected   from   those   who   have   been   engaged   in   different   categories   of   tourism   related   activities  and  earn  their  livelihood  in  various  capacities  from  the/vicinity  of  those  selected  sites  and  cater  to  the   needs   of   the   tourists   visiting   Shillong   in   general   and   those   sites   in   particular.   Survey   was   conducted   on   128   individuals   who   were   chosen   by   simple   random   sampling   in   the   selected   areas.   Out   of   them   24   were   hotel   owners,  18  were  the  heads  of  various  restaurants,  12  were  heads  of  fast  food  stalls  and  10  street  food  stalls  in   vicinity  of  the  sites,  34  were  the  vendors  in  those  sites  and  20  and  10  numbers  of  tourist  and  local  taxis.  The   numbers   here   were   not   in   proportion   to   the   total   number   of   various   units   operating   in   all   the   tourist   sites   of   Meghalaya.18  The  data  were  collected  over  the  span  of  year  2008  in  order  to  obtain  reliable  income  estimates   from  the  respondents  in  the  lean  as  well  as  peak  season.     Though  tourism  activities  vary  across  the  seasons  of  the  year  (due  to  the  official  vacation  in  the  source   areas  and  variation  in  temperature  and  other  climatic  conditions  in  the  tourist  destinations)  here  much  variation  is   not  observed  throughout  the  year.  Throughout  the  year  the  hotels  in  and  around  the  capital  city  remain  booked   except  a  few  winter  months.  Here,  the  peak  season  ranges  from  April  to  October  and  the  lean  season  constitutes   of  the  remaining  five  months.  Though  official  record  of  month-­wise  distribution  of  tourist  arrivals  in  the  state  is  not   available,  from  the  records  of  the  a  few  renowned  hotels  and  the  entry  tickets  sold  at  those  three  major  spots  in   the  previous  year  we  came  to  the  conclusion  that  about  seventy  per  cent  of  the  yearly  visitors  visit  during  those   seven  months  while  the  other  thirty  per  cent  of  the  tourists  visit  during  the  remaining  five  months.  The  potential   18   It   is   not   possible   to   choose   number   of   samples   in   exact   proportion   to   the   number   of   different   categories   of   businesses   related   to   tourism   operating   in   the   chosen   areas.   Many   of   the   hotel   and   restaurant   owners   were   reluctant   to   provide  information  on  their  incomes  from  various  sources  and  expenditures  on  different  items.  The  response  rate  is  much   poor   in   this   respect.   Not   only   that,   by   physical   verification   we   observed   that   many   of   hotel   respondents   understated   the   number  of  employees  and  thus  there  is  no  wonder  that  the  income  statements  would  be  understated.  Though,  number  of   each  category  in  the  sample  is  small  by  computing  per  head  of  each  category  here  impact  on  each  sector  on  an  average  is   estimated   from   the   changes   in   employment   and   income   in   between   peak   and   lean   season.   If   we   assume   that   the   understatement  is  similar  in  both  cases  the  percentage  changes  remain  more  or  less  and  thus  there  would  be  no  problem  of   generalization.  Though  there  are  large  number  of  tourist  taxies  and  other  vehicles,  all  of  them  experience  more  or  less  same   effect  during  lean  to  peak  season.  Similar  is  the  case  for  hotels,  restaurants,  vendors  and  other  tourist  related  businesses.            

 

122  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism impact  of  tourism  on  the  income  and  employment  can  be  analysed  through  the  calculation  of  its  multiplier  impact   reflected  in  the  directly  related  activities  like  tourist  guide,  park  guards  and  monitors,  vendors  in  the  sites,  food   courts  in  the  sites  and  the  vehicles,  hotels  used  by  the  tourists  and  the  indirectly  related  activities  like  the  artisans   whose  products  reach  the  tourist  sites  via  several  hands,  suppliers  of  vegetables,  milk,  meat  etc  and  producers   of  those  items,  the  producers  of  inputs  used  in  the  production  of  those  items  and  so  on.  Similarly,  employment   and   income   generated   in   the   producing   units   of   inputs   used   by   the   transport   vehicles  etc.   Thus  it   has   a   long   chain  of  impacts  the  data  of  which  is  very  difficult  to  obtain.  Most  of  the  hotel  and  restaurant  owners  were  also   unwilling  to  share  their  information  on  investment  and  expenditures  and  response  rates  were  below  the  50  per   cent.  But  the  response  rates  of  the  vendors,  tourist  vehicles  owners  were  outstanding.  Thus  it  is  very  difficult  to   estimate  the  multiplier  impact  of  unit  investment  in  tourism  sector  and  neither  the  input-­output  analysis  could  be   possible  to  apply  directly.  Moreover,  there  is  public  investment  in  tourism  sector  like  construction  of  road,  park   improvement  that  has  direct  influence  with  the  visit  rate.         Considering  all  the  facts  mentioned  above,  the  seasonal  variation  in  income  and  employment  of  the  major   tourism  related  activities  has  been  considered  and  compared  with  the  variation  in  visit  rate.  The  variation  in  visit   rate   during   peak   and   lean   months   has   direct   impact   on   the   hotel   rents   and   earning   of   restaurants,   rates   of   vehicles  as  well  as  the  sale  of  the  vendors.  Therefore,  after  computing  the  variation  in  income  and  generation  of   employment  in  the  peak  and  lean  seasons,  total  variation  in  income  and  employment  generated  were  estimated   by  taking  into  account  the  variation  in  number  of  visitors  faced  by  those  surveyed  units  in  the  selected  sites.  It  is   then  used  to  infer  about  the  changes  in  employment  and  income  due  to  a  certain  change  in  tourist  arrival  in  the   area.  It  may  be  noted  that  the  visitors  faced  by  the  respective  surveyed  categories  were  not  the  total  number  of   visitors  (as  only  a  part  of  the  individuals  involved  in  each  category  were  surveyed),  which  was  much  more  than   that.  Of  course,  one  can  estimate  the  total  number  of  employment  just  by  considering  the  total  units  operating  in   the  state  under  each  category.  But  various  categories  of  people  involved  indirectly  in  tourism  related  activities   and  many  of  them  also  operate  multiple  activities,  which  was  very  difficult  to  take  into  consideration.  However,  it   may   safely   be   assumed   that   the   variation   in   number   of   tourists   faced   by   the   surveyed   individual   of   different   categories  is  proportional  to  the  variation  in  tourists  visited  the  area/sites  in  lean  and  peak  season  and  hence  the   generalization  of  variation  in  income  and  employment  generated  due  to  variation  in  arrival  of  tourists  from  the   estimated   results   would   not   be   an   exaggeration.   Due   to   the   problem   mentioned   above   in   estimating   total   employment  and  also  income  generated  here  employment  and  income  elasticity  with  respect  to  visiting  tourists   and  not  the  tourism  investment  has  been  estimated  that  would  provide  a  clear  idea  about  the  impact  of  tourism  in   the  state.     6. Results and Discussion It  was  mentioned  that  though  employment  is  generated  in  various  ways  from  tourism  activities  (e.g.,  those   who   are   engaged   in   supplying   vegetables,   milk,   meat;;   taxi   or   other   tourist   vehicle   repairing   workshop,   tourist   guides,   employees   of   various   tourism   promotion   offices   etc.),   here   only   the   seven   categories   of   respondents   have  come  under  the  survey.  Thus  the  estimated  figure  will  provide  the  idea  of  minimum  employment  generated   than  the  actual  and  potential  capacity  of  it,  i.e.  the  estimate  will  be  the  minimum  guaranteed  level  of  employment   and  hence  the  income.  Here,  many  of  the  vendors  have  been  engaged  in  multiple  activities  including  selling  of   cold   drink,   foods   along   with   handloom   and   handicraft   products   and   some   have   been   specialised   in   selling   handicraft   or   handloom   items   or   even   local   agricultural   produces.   Information   pertaining   to   the   social   and   economic  aspects  of  life  like  age,  gender,  marital  status,  level  of  education,  family  size,  number  of  dependants,   number  of  employees/assistants  and  total  monthly  income  in  the  lean  and  peak  tourist  seasons  etc.  have  been   collected  from  the  respondents  and  their  distribution  according  to  some  important  characteristics  are  presented   below.     6.1. Distribution of the Surveyed Respondents According to their Gender Table   3   indicated   that   the   larger   portion   of   the   vendors,   fast   food   stalls   were   own   by   the   females   and   majority  of  them  were  local  tribal.  On  the  other  hand,  majority  of  hotels  and  restaurants  have  been  running  by  the   male  and  all  the  taxi  drivers  have  been  men.  In  Meghalaya,  presence  of  women  is  abundant  in  almost  all  the   social  and  economic  activities  excepting  the  political  field,  taxi  or  bus  drivers  and  in  the  hotels  and  restaurants.            

123  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010

Category Hotel     Restaurant     Fast  Food  stall   Street  Food  stall   Tourist  Taxi   Local  Taxi   Vendors   Total  

Table 3.  Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  their  Gender     Male Female Total 21   3   24  (18.75)   15   3   18  (14.06)   4   8   12  (9.38)   6   4   10  (7.81)   20   0   20  (15.63)   10   0   10  (7.81)   5   29   34  (26.56)   81  (63.28)   47  (36.72)   128  (100)  

Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.   Note:  Figures  in  the  parentheses  represent  percentage  to  total.

  6.2. Distribution of the Surveyed Respondents According to their Level of Education Table  4  revealed  that  the  educated  people  more  involved  in  hotel  and  restaurant  business  while  some   middle  level  educated  people  were  found  in  driving,  fast  food  stalls  and  even  in  vending.       6.3. Distribution of Respondents According to the Total Number of their Employees in their Respective Businesses during Lean and Peak Seasons Since  the  respondents  were  mostly  dependant  on  the  tourist  inflow  to  these  areas  for  their  activities,  the   number  of  employees/assistants  that  they  hired  in  the  different  months  of  the  year  may  indicate  the  nature  of   their  economic  gains  from  tourism  in  different  months.  A  comparison  of  Tables  5  and  6  revealed  that  frequencies   of  the  larger  number  of  employees  increased  significantly  during  the  peak  season  in  all  the  categories  despite   their  differences  in  percentage  of  growth.  In  all  the  categories  increased  requirement  of  labour  has  been  met  by   employing  casual  labourer.  Hotels  and  restaurants  were  found  to  be  benefitted  more  than  the  other  categories.     Table 4.  Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  their  Level  of  Education  

 

Level of Education Category

Sec. but below HS

HS but below Graduation

Graduate & above

Professional

Hotel    

0  

0  

0  

12  

12  

24  (18.75)  

Restaurant    

0  

0  

3  

9  

6  

18  (14.06)  

Fast  Food  stall  

0  

5  

5  

2  

0  

12  (9.38)  

Street  Food  stall  

4  

4  

2  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Tourist  Taxi  

1  

4  

8  

7  

0  

20  (15.63)  

Local  Taxi  

2  

3  

3  

2  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Vendors  

6  

14  

12  

2  

0  

34  (26.56)  

13(10.16)

30(23.44)

33 (25.78)

34 (26.56)

18 (14.06)

128 (100)

Total

Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.   Note:  Figures  in  the  parentheses  represent  percentage  to  total.  

 

Total

Below Sec.

124  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Table 5. Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  the  Total  Number  of  Employees    in  their  Respective   Businesses  during  Lean  Season   Total Number of Employees

Category 1

2

3

4-­6

7-­9

10-­15

16-­20

21-­ 25

26 & above

Total

Hotel  

0  

0  

0  

2  

9  

9  

4  

0  

0  

24  (18.75)  

Restaurant  

0  

0  

0  

3  

3  

7  

5  

0  

0  

18  (14.06)  

0  

3  

5  

4  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

12  (9.38)  

3  

4  

3  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Tourist  Taxi  

16  

4  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

20  (15.63)  

Local  Taxi  

7  

2  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Vendors  

1  

5  

11  

16  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0  

34  (26.56)  

27 (20.09)

18 (14.06)

20 (15.63)

25 (19.53)

13 (10.16)

16 (12.5)

9 (7.03)

0 (00)

0 (00)

128 (100)

Fast  Food   stall   Street  Food   stall  

Total

Table 6. Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  the  Total  Number  of  Employees  in  their  Businesses  during   Peak  Season Category

Total  Number  of  Employees   1  

2  

3  

4-­6  

7-­9  

10-­15  

16-­20  

21-­25  

26  &   above  

Hotel  

0  

0  

0  

0  

8  

6  

3  

2  

5  

Restaurant  

0  

0  

0  

0  

3  

3  

3  

3  

6  

0  

0  

4  

6  

2  

0  

0  

0  

0  

1  

2  

7  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

Tourist  Taxi  

10  

6  

4  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

Local  Taxi  

4  

5  

1  

 

 

0  

0  

0  

0  

Vendors  

0  

0  

12  

15  

7  

0  

0  

0  

0  

13 28 (21.88) 21 (16.41) 20 (15.63) 9 (7.03) 6 (4.69) 5 (3.91) (10.16)

11 (8.59)

Fast  Food   stall   Street  Food   stall  

Total

15 (11.72)

Total   24   (18.75)   18   (14.06)   12   (9.38)   10   (7.81)   20   (15.63)   10   (7.81)   34   (26.56)   128 (100)

Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.   Note:  Figures  in  the  parentheses  represent  percentage  to  total.  

6.4. Distribution of the Surveyed Respondents According to their Level of Total Monthly Income during the Lean and Peak Season /LNHWKHQXPEHURIHPSOR\HHVWKHYDULDWLRQLQIUHTXHQFLHVLQYDULRXVPRQWKO\LQFRPHJURXSVIURPµOHDQ¶ WRXULVWVHDVRQWRWKHµSHDNWRXULVWVHDVRQ¶FDQEHREVHUYHGE\FRPSDULQJ7DEOHVDQG)URPWKLVYDULDWLRQRQH can  forecast  about  the  variation  in  income  due  to  variation  in  number  of  tourists  faced  by  the  respondents.  It  is   also  observed  that  out  of  24  hotels  and  18  restaurants  the  number  falling  in  income  groups  over  Rs  90,000  per   month  has  increased  from  10  to  20  and  1  to  8  respectively.  The  comparison  reveals  an  increase  in  frequencies   of  higher  income  groups  from  lean  to  peak  season  across  all  categories  and  the  maximum  benefit  was  accrued   to  the  catering  and  hospitality  industry.   125  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010

 

  Table 7.    Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  their  Net  Monthly  Income  during  the  Lean  Season  (in  Rs)   Level of Income During Lean Season Category

15000 or Less

15001 -­ 30000

30001-­ 45000

45001-­ 60000

60001-­ 75000

75001-­ 90000

90001 ² 105000

More than 105000

Total

Hotel  

0  

0  

0  

3  

4  

7  

5  

5  

24  (18.75)  

Restaurant  

0  

4  

5  

5  

3  

0  

0  

1  

18  (14.06)  

0  

8  

2  

2  

0  

0  

0  

0  

12  (9.38)  

9  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

2  

9  

6  

3  

0  

0  

0  

0  

20  (15.63)  

2  

5  

2  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

27  

4  

3  

0  

0  

0  

0  

0  

34  (26.56)  

40 (31.25)

1 (24.22)

18 (14.06)

14 (10.94)

7 (5.47)

7 (5.47)

5 (3.91)

6 (4.69)

128 (100)

Fast  Food   stall   Street   Food  stall   Tourist   Taxi   Local  Taxi   Vendors   Total

Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.   Note:  Figures  in  the  parentheses  represent  percentage  to  total.   Table 8. Distribution  of  the  Surveyed  Respondents  According  to  their  Net  Monthly  Income  during  the  Peak  Season   (in  Rs)     Level of Income During Lean Season Category

15000 or Less

15001 -­ 30000

30001-­ 45000

45001-­ 60000

60001-­ 75000

75001 -­ 90000

90001 ² 105000

More than 105000

Hotel  

0  

0  

0  

0  

1  

3  

6  

14  

24  (18.75)  

Restaurant  

0  

0  

0  

1  

4  

5  

6  

2  

18  (14.06)  

0  

0  

3  

5  

4  

0  

0  

0  

12  (9.38)  

3  

3  

3  

1  

0  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Tourist  Taxi  

0  

0  

4  

10  

6  

0  

0  

0  

20  (15.63)  

Local  Taxi  

0  

2  

4  

3  

1  

0  

0  

0  

10  (7.81)  

Vendors  

0  

0  

8  

22  

4  

0  

0  

0  

34  (26.56)  

3 (2.34)

5 (3.91)

22 (17.19)

42 (32.81)

20 (15.63)

8 (6.25)

12 (9.38)

16 (12.50)

128 (100)

Fast  Food   stall   Street   Food  stall  

Total

Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.   Note:  Figures  in  the  parentheses  represent  percentage  to  total    

 

126  

Total

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism The  impact  of  variation  in  arrival  of  tourists  on  the  employment  and  income  of  a  unit  establishment  of  each   category  of  activities  has  been  estimated  and  presented  in  Table  9.  First  of  all,  total  and  average  employment   generated   from   different   activities   by   the   sample   respondents   have   been   calculated   during   both   the   seasons.   Then  comparing  these  two,  the  changes  in  employment  and  income  per  unit  of  sample  establishment  has  been   computed.   It   is   evident   from   the   table   that   employment   and   income   per   individual   business   unit   has   increased   significantly  but  not  uniformly  as  the  changes  in  tourist  inflow  faced  by  each  of  them.  This  was  due  to  the  very   simple   reason   that   the   number   of   each   business   category   varies   significantly   and   a   tourist   can   visit   multiple   number   of   vendors   but   generally   not   hotels   or   taxis   (unless   they   divide   the   time   of   visit   to   different   hotels   or   vehicles).  Hence  the  percentage  increase  in  tourist  faced  by  the  vendors  (as  quoted  by  them)  was  much  more   than  the  other  categories.  But  did  not  necessarily  mean  that  changes  in  their  earning  will  also  follow  the  same   pattern  as  it  depends  on  the  choice  of  visitors  to  use  various  sub-­categories  of  each  business  (like  type  of  hotels,   vehicles,   eateries   and   purchase   etc.),   which   also   depend   on   the   type   of   visitors.   Similarly,   the   rate   of   each   category  increased  with  the  rise  in  demand  during  the  peak  season  that  also  varies  depending  upon  the  type  of   activities.   Here,   except   the   government   controlled   entry   charges,   prices   of   all   other   categories   are   changed   informally  and  thus  unevenly  depending  upon  the  demand  on  a  particular  time.19  Moreover,  there  is  the  variation   in  number  of  each  category  of  business.  As  there  are  other  rest  houses  maintained  by  different  organisations   6WDWH %DQN 7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ GHSDUWPHQW 7HPSOH DXWKRULWLHV HWF DW QRPLQDO FKDUJH  IRU WKHLU HPSOR\HHV¶ stay   who   visit   from   other   region,   some   other   vehicles   enter   into   the   market   during   the   peak   season   and   are   withdrawn  during  lean  period.         From  secondary  sources,  it  has  been  observed  that  most  of  the  popular  hotels  in  Shillong 20  have  on  an   average  50  rooms,  of  ZKLFKDUHIRUµVLQJOH¶RFFXSDQF\DQGWKHUHPDLQLQJDUHIRUµGRXEOH¶RFFXSDQF\,QWKH µOHDQ¶VHDVRQZKHQWKHKRWHOVGRQRWKDYHIXOORFFXSDQF\RQWKHDYHUDJHDERXWLQGLYLGXDOVUHVLGHLQDVLQJOH major   hotel   in   a   day   and   this   number   nearly   doubles   LQ WKH µSHDN¶ VHDVRQ 7KH SULPDU\ VXUYH\ UHVXOWV DOVR LQGLFDWH WKDW LQ WKH µOHDQ¶ VHDVRQ WKH KRWHOV KLUH  WR  IXOO WLPH ZRUNHUV RQ DQ DYHUDJH ZKLOH LQ WKH µSHDN¶ season  they  hire  about  14-­17  full  time  workers.  Assuming  that,  on  an  average,  for  55  individuals,  a  large  hotel   hires  10  permanent  workers  and  therefore  for  every  100  individual  visitors  about  18  workers  are  employed.  Thus,   in   the   year   2008,   when   a   total   of   462952   tourists visited   different   sites   of   Meghalaya   throughout   the   year,   approximately  minimum  of  83,331 working  days  of  employment  in  the  hotels  alone.  During  the  peak  seasons,   everyday   employment   in   the  hotels   alone   increase   by   about   49   per   cent   as   observed   from   the   sample   in   the   selected   sites.   Using   the   same   the   approximated   number   of   working   days   in   the   hotels   together   during   peak   season  was  about  124163.  These  workers  are  employed  at  different  positions  such  as  waiters,  bell  boys,  guards,   receptionists,  booking  clerks,  cleaner  and  cooks.  Since  these  workers  spend  their  incomes  on  various  consumer   goods   and   services,   thereby  providing   new   employment   opportunities   for   individuals   in  other   segments   of   the   market.   Therefore,   with   the   increase   in   number   of   tourists   visiting   in   an   area,   employment   opportunities   in   different  sectors  including  transport,  hotels,  restaurants  and  eateries;;  agricultural  farms,  cottage  industries  that   produce  local  handicraft  and  handloom  products;;  travel  agents,  tour  operators  and  tour  guides  in  the  concerned   area  rises  significantly.     Here  maximum  benefit  (as  estimated  from  the  total  number  of  visitors  faced  by  them)  was  found  to  go  to   the  restaurants  in  case  of  employment  and  that  was  followed  by  the  fast  food  stalls  and  hotels.  Whereas,  the   hotels   were   found   to   receive   maximum   benefit   in   terms   of   increase   in   earning   and   this   was   followed   by   restaurants  and  then  the  vendors,  local  taxi  operators,  fast  food  stalls  in  the  order.           Using  the  number  of  tourists  faced  by  the  sample  categories,  employment  and  income  elasticities  were   estimated   that   showed   the   changes   in   income   and   employment   of   each   category   for   one   per   cent   change   in   tourist  faced  by  them.  The  overall  employment  and  income  elasticity  of  tourism  is  estimated  to  be  0.19  and  0.54   (Table   10).     Of   course,   this   result   may   differ   from   the   actual   one,   as   the   sample   of   each   category   is   not   in  

19  Though  the  rates  of  vehicles  are  fixed  by  the  transport  authority,  during  peak  demand  season  most  of  the  privately   run  vehicles  are  found  to  charge  varied  amount  from  the  visitors.  Similar  is  for  the  hotels.   20  One  may  argue  that  in  those  hotels,  both  the  tourists  as  well  as  other  visitors  (for  official  or  business  activities)   stay  and  thus  the  variation  in  the  number  of  guests  may  be  due  to  any  of  them.  But  here,  we  may  assume  that  flow  of  other   visitors  remain  more  or  less  uniform  over  time  (except  a  few  days  in  winter  when  some  people  remain  out  of  station)  and  the   variation  in  the  number  of  guests  is  primarily  due  to  the  visitors  for  recreation  purposes.  Moreover,  most  of  the  visitors  for   business  and  official  purposes  also  enjoy  recreation  facilities  in  the  area  of  and  on.    

127  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 proportion  with  total  number  of  each  establishment  in  the  state.  However,  the  impact  of  unit  change  in  tourist   arrival  on  each  category  would  be  identical  irrespective  of  their  size.   Using  the  information  from  three  sites  on  employment  and  income  per  tourist  faced  by  each  category  and   total   number   of   registered   tourist   taxies,   hotels   and  number   of   total   tourist   sites   (for   estimating   the  number   of   vendors   and   food   stalls)   overall   employment   and   income   in   the   state   in   the   peak   and   lean   seasons   were   estimated  and  presented  in  Table  10.   Table 9.  Percentage  Variation  in  Average  Daily  Employment,  Monthly  income  and  Tourist  Visiting  Various  Establishments   from  Lean  to  Peak  Season  as  Observed  from  the  Sample  Survey    

Total

Per Unit

Total

Per Unit

Percentage Variation in Employment

Hotel  

259  

10.79  

385  

16.04  

11.17  

346  

48.65

Restaurant  

201  

19.22  

3.33  

62  

72.14

Fast  Food  stall  

40  

5.17  

20  

2.00  

26  

55.00

Street  Food  stall  

2.60  

24  

1.20  

34  

30.00

Tourist  Taxi  

1.70  

14  

1.40  

17  

41.67

Local  Taxi  

1.70  

3.88  

167  

21.43

Vendors  

132  

4.91  

26.52

Total

690

5.39

1037

8.10

50.29

Category  

Employees in Lean Season (No)

Employees in Peak Season (No)

  Category Hotel   Restaurant   Fast  Food  stall   Street  Food  stall   Tourist  Taxi   Local  Taxi   Vendors   Total  

Total

Per Unit

Total

Per Unit

Percentage Variation in Income

2252501   397500.5   75601.2   19445   117500.5   26500.5   125200   3014248

93854.21   22083.36   6300.10   1944.50   5875.03   2650.05   3682.35   23548.82

5903270   757500.6   118801.2   29167.08   158500.5   42000.5   203000   7212240

245969.6   42083.37   9900.10   2916.71   7925.03   4200.05   5970.59   56345.62

162.08 90.57 57.14 50.00 34.89 58.49 62.14 139.27

Income in Lean Season (Rs)

Income in Peak Season (Rs)

Total

Per Unit

Total

Per Unit

Percentage Variation in Tourist Inflow

Hotel  

145  

6.04  

410  

17.08  

182.76

Restaurant  

150  

8.33  

360  

20.00  

140.00

Fast  Food  stall  

145  

12.08  

408  

34.00  

181.38

50  

5.00  

134  

13.40  

168.00

Tourist  Taxi  

100  

5.00  

205  

10.25  

105.00

Local  Taxi  

40  

4.00  

90  

9.00  

125.00

Vendors  

3050  

89.71  

11620  

341.76  

280.98

Total

3680

28.75

13227

103.34

259.43

Category

Street  Food  stall  

Tourists in Lean Season (No)

Tourists in Peak Season (No)

  Source:  Field  Survey  by  the  researcher  during  2007±08.  

 

128  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism   Table 10.  Income  and  Employer  Multiplier  of  Tourism  in  Meghalaya  

  Category

Hotel   Restaurant   Fast  Food  stall   Street  Food  stall   Tourist  Taxi   Local  Taxi   Vendors   Total

Employment Elasticity

Income Elasticity

0.27   0.52   0.30   0.18   0.40   0.17   0.09   0.19

0.89   0.65   0.32   0.30   0.33   0.47   0.22   0.54

Daily Total Employment (No)

Total Monthly Income (Rs)

Lean Season

Peak Season

Lean Season

Peak Season

550.29   1676   333   150   3152   911   3078   9851

818.04   2883   517   195   4466   1107   3895   13881

4786565   3312504   630010   145837.5   15433704   1725183   2921331   28955134

12544450   6312506   990010   218753.3   20819054   2734233   4736668   48355673

  Notes:     (i)  Here  the  number  of  registered  hotels  of  51  of  that  time  was  considered  for  calculation.  However  there  are  many   more  non-­registered  hotels.   (ii)  From  the  sample  we  observed  18  recognised  restaurants  in  these  sites.  There  are  70  tourist  spots  in   Meghalaya  (as  per  record  of  the  Tourism  Department)  but  at  the  time  of  survey  there  25  major  sites  where  the   presence  of  restaurants  was  observed.  Using  the  average  of  6  restaurants  in  25  sites  the  calculation  was  done.   Similar  was  the  case  of  fast-­food  and  street  food  stalls.     (iii)  Numbers  of  tourist  and  local  taxi  of  the  current  time  were  not  available.  Here  the  figures  of  2001  that  were   available  from  the  Department  of  Transport,  Government  of  Meghalaya  have  been  used.   (iv)  Venders  are  found  in  all  the  sites  but  different  in  number.  Here  we  observed  34  vendors  altogether  in  the  three   survey  sites,  which  was  multiplied  for  the  70  sites  and  used  for  computation.    

A   minimum   level  of   about   10   thousand   daily   employment  was   generated  in   the   lean  season   while   that   increased  to  about  14  thousand  in  the  peak  season  throughout  the  state.  Similarly,  a  minimum  of  about  Rs  2.9   crore   was   generated   per   month   from   those   seven   categories   of   tourism   activities,   which   also   increased   significantly  to  about  Rs  4.84  crore.  Though  many  of  the  activities  of  tourism  (park  managers,  vehicles  other  than   taxi,  hospitality  related  other  activities  etc.)  it  showed  a  significant  impact  on  the  employment  and  income.        

7. Conclusion   The  overall  analysis  of  variation  in  employment  and  income  in  relation  to  the  seasonal  variation  in  tourist   inflow  and  estimated  results  of  employment  and  income  multiplier  clearly  reveals  that  there  is  significant  positive   impact  of  tourism  on  employment  and  income  in  the  state  of  Meghalaya  and  around  the  tourist  sites  in  particular.   Therefore,  the  management  of  tourism  is  very  important  for  the  state  of  Meghalaya  where  there  is  dearth  of  other   opportunities,   to   raise   scope   for   employment   and   income   to   boost   the   economy   of   the   area.   Though   it   is   examined   with   a   small   data   set,   it   provides   a   guideline   for   undertaking   tourism   promotion   programmes   with   proper  care  for  environment,  infrastructure  and  other  social  and  cultural  factors  in  the  area,  which  would  definitely   improve  welfare  of  the  people  who  are  engaged  in  tourism  related  activities  in  the  long  run.     It  is  more  important  because  the  local  people  especially  in  the  rural  sites  get  employment  at  least  in  the   lower  level  occupation  like  vehicle  owning  and  driving,  vending  and  small  food  courts  that  helps  in  improving  their   economy  in  a  great  way.  Also,  they  become  socially  and  culturally  more  advanced  after  their  interaction  with  the   visitors  from  outside.        

8. Limitations of the Paper and Further Scope: Only  a  small  part  of  the  stakeholders  of  tourism  is  considered  in  the  present  study.  There  are  employment   in  the  government  tourism  offices,  in  the  parks  for  collecting  entry  and  parking  fees,  and  for  the  maintenance  and   construction  works  and  also  in  the  allied  activities  who  supplies  materials  to  the  hotels  and  restaurants.  Also  all   the  sites  are  not  of  equal  importance  and  thus  number  of  visitors  as  well  as  vehicles,  other  activities  would  be   different.  But  here  the  minimum  of  all  those  have  been  considered  and  the  estimate  provide  the  lower  bound  of   income   and   employment.   There   is   thus   ample   scope   of   getting   updated   data   and   complete   enumeration   for   estimating   the   exact   income   and   employment   impact   of   tourism.   Also   the   adverse   impact   of   tourism   on   the   129  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 natural  resources  which  again  required  employment  for  the  management  and  cost  for  the  regeneration  may  be   taken  into  account  for  arriving  at  the  net  impact  of  tourism  in  the  area.      

References [1]   Ajala,   O.A.   2008.   Employment   and   Income   Potentiality   of   Tourism   Development   in   Amhara   Region   of   Ethiopia.  Ethiopian  Journal  of  Environmental  Studies  and  Management.  1  (2):  74-­82.     [2]  Attanayake,  A.,  Samaranayake,  H.M.S.,  and  Ratnapala,  N.  1983.  Sri  Lanka.  in  Pye,  E.  A.  and  Lin,  Tzong-­bian   (eds.)   Tourism   in   Asia:   The   Economic   Impact.   Singapore   University   Press   for   International   Development   Research  Centre,  Canada.       [3]  Blake,  A.,  Arbache,  J.S.,  Sinclair,  M.T.,  and  Teles,  V.  2008.  Tourism  and  poverty  relief.   Annals  of  Tourism   Research.  35  (1):  107±126.   [4]  BSE  Annual  Capital  Market  Review.  2003.  Section  2:  Industry  Review,  Tourism.   [5]  Chopra,  S.  1991.  Tourism  and  Development  in  India.  Ashish  Publishing  House.  New  Delhi.   [6]  Deller,  S.,  Tsai,  T.,  Marcouiller,  D.,  and  English,  D.  2001.  The  Role  of  Amenities  and  Quality-­of-­life  in  Rural   Economic  Growth.  American  Journal  of  Agricultural  Economics  83:352±365.   [7]   Elkan,   W.   1975.   The   Relation   Between   Tourism   and   Employment   in   Kenya   and   Tanzania.   Journal   of   Development  Studies.  January.  11  (2):  123-­130.     [8]  Farver,  J.A.M.  1984.  Tourism  and  Employment  in  Gambia.  Annals  of  Tourism  Research.  11  (2):  249-­265.   [9]  Goodwin,  H.  2000.  Pro-­Poor  Tourism:  Opportunities  for  Sustainable  Local  Development.  D+C  Development   and  Cooperation.  No.  5.  September/October  2000.  pp.12-­14.   [10]  Green,  R.H.  1979.  Towards  Planning  Tourism  in  African  Countries.  in  de  Kadt,  E.  (ed.)  Tourism-­  Passport  to   Development.  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York.         [11]  Gupta,  R.K.  2007.  Sustainable  Tourism  Planning.  Sumit  Enterprises,  New  Delhi.   [12]  Holloway,  C.J.  1985.  The  Business  of  Tourism  (The  M  &  E  Hotel,  Catering  and  Tourism  Series).  Chapter  13.   pp.  246-­262.  Macdonald  and  Evans  Ltd.,  London.   [13]   Isserman,   A.   2001.   The   Competitive   Advantages   of   Rural   America   in   the   Next   Century.   International   Regional  Science  Review.  24:  35±58.   [14]  Kweka,  J.  2004.  Tourism  and  the  Economy  of  Tanzania:  A  CGE  Analysis.  Paper  presented  at  the  CSAE   &RQIHUHQFHRQµ*URZWK3RYHUW\5HGXFWLRQDQG+XPDQ'HYHORSPHQWLQ$IULFD¶-­22  March,  2004.  Oxford,   UK.     [15]  Kweka,  J.,  Morrissey,  O.,  and  Blake,  A.  2001.  Is  Tourism  a  Key  Sector  in  Tanzania?  Input-­Output  Analysis  of   Income,   Output,   Employment   and   Tax   Revenue.   Christel   Dehaan   Tourism   and   Travel   Research   Institute   discussion  paper.  Available  at  http://www.Nottinghn.ac.uk/ttri  (accessed  on  12/7/2010).   [16]  Marcouiller,  D.W.,  Kim,  K-­K,  Deller,  S.C.  2004.  Natural  Amenities,  Tourism  and  Income  Distribution.  Annals   of  Tourism  Research.  31  (4):  1031±1050.   [17]  Marcouiller,  D.  200%RRVWLQJ7RXULVPDV5XUDO3XEOLF3ROLF\3DQDFHDRU3DQGRUD¶V%R["The  Journal  of   Regional  Analysis  and  Policy.  37  (1):  28-­31.   [18]  McCatty,  M.,  and  Serju,  P.  2006.  Tourism,  Economic  Growth  and  Employment.  Working  paper.  Research   and  Economic  Programming  Division.  Bank  of  Jamaica,  Jamaika.     [19]   McGranahan,   D.   1999.   Natural   Amenities   Drives   Rural   Population   Change.   USDA   ERS,   Agricultural   Economic  Report,  Number  781.  Washington  DC:  USDA  ERS.   [20]    MacCannell,  D.  1976.  The  Tourist:  A  New  Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,  Schocken,  New  York.   [21]   Mings,   R.C.   1978.   The   Importance   of   More   Research   on   the   Impacts   of   Tourism.   Annals   of   Tourism   Research.  5  (3):  340-­344.    

130  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism [22]  OECD.  1999.  Cultivating  Rural  Amenities.  Organisation  for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Development,  Paris.     [23]   Pratt,   S.A.   2009.   The   Economic   Impact   of   Uncertain   Tourism   Demand   in   Hawaii:   Risk   in   a   Computable   General  Equilibrium  Model.  PhD  dissertation,  University  of  Nottingham.   [24]  Power,  T.  1988.  The  Economic  Pursuit  of  Quality.  Armonk:  M.E.  Sharpe.   [25]   Riley,   M.,   and   Szivas,   E.   2009.   Tourism   Employment   and   Poverty:   Revisiting   the   Supply   Curve.   Tourism   Economics.  15  (2):  297±305.   [26]  Roe,  D.,  Leader-­Williams,  N.,  and  Dalal-­Clayton.  1997.  Take  only  Photographs,  Leave  only  Footprints:  The   Environmental   Impacts   of   Wildlife   Tourism.   The   International   Institute   for   Environment   and   Development,   London.   [27]  St.  John  New  Brunswick  Department  of  Tourism.  1974.  Employment  in  the  Tourism  Industry:  New  Brunswik,   1972.  Technical  Service  Division,  St  John.       [28]  UNED-­UK.  1999.  *HQGHU 7RXULVP:RPHQ¶V(PSOR\PHQWDQG3DUWLFLSDWLRQLQ7RXULVP.  A  Project  Report.       [29]  UNEP.  2002.  Sustainable  Tourism:  Briefing  Paper  No  4.  Towards  Earth  Summit  2002.  Pp.  1-­14.     [30]  Waveren,  E.V.,  Farouk,  D.U.,  Awuni,  C.,  Porekuu,  P.,  and  Ashie,  E.  2009.  SNV  Briefing-­  The  Scavannaland   Destination   Towards   Pro-­poor   Tourism   Development   in   Northern   Ghana.   Project   Report   of   SNV   Ghana   (Northern  Portfolio)  and  the  Wildlife  Division  (Mole  NP).  Issue-­7,  August.     [31]  Wilkinson,  P.F.  1989.  Strategies  of  Tourism  in  Island  Microstates.  Annals  of  Tourism  Research.  16  (2):  153-­ 177.   [32]   WTTC.   2002.   The   Impact   of   Travel   &   Tourism   on   Jobs   and   the   Economy   ±   2002.   Available   at   http://www.wttc.org  (accessed  on  9/8/2010).   [33]   WTTC.   2010.   The   Impact   of   Travel   &   Tourism   on   Jobs   and   the   Economy   ±   2002.   Available   at   http://www.wttc.org  (accessed  on  29/9/2010).   Websites: http://www.ibef.org/industry/tourismhospitality.aspx  (accessed  on  10  th  January2010)   http://incredibleindia.org/Tourism_Stastics2008.pdf  (accessed  on  10  th  January  2010)   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tourism_in_india  (accessed  on  10  th  January  2010)  

131  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010

INFORMATIONAL BARRIERS TO ENERGY EFFICIENCY ± COMBINING THEORY AND EUROPEAN POLICIES21

 

 

 

Lars  MORTEN ANDERSEN     M.Sc.  Economics  from  the  University  of  Copenhagen,  Denmark,     M.A.  European  Economics  (EEIB)  from  the  College  of  Europe  Bruges,  Belgium   lars-­[email protected]   Raimund  BLEISCHWITZ, Visiting  professor  at  the  College  of  Europe  Bruges,  Belgium,     Professor  at  the  Wuppertal  Institute/Univestities  of  Wuppertal  and  Kassel,  Germany     [email protected]            

Abstract   This  article  addresses  informational  barriers  to  energy  efficiency.  It  is  a  widely  acknowledged  result  that  an  energy   efficiency   gap   exists   implying   that   the   level   of   energy   efficiency  is   at   an   inefficiently   low   level.   Several   barriers   to   energy   efficiency  create  this  gap  and  the  presence  of  asymmetric  information  is  likely  to  be  one  such  barrier.  The  article  finds  that   problems  of  moral  hazard  and  adverse  selection  indeed  can  help  explain  the  seemingly  low  levels  of  energy  efficiency.  The   theory  reveals  two  implications  to  policies  on  energy  efficiency.  First,  the  development  of  measures  to  enable  contractual   parties  to  base  remuneration  on  energy  performance  must  be  enhanced,  and  second,  the  information  on  technologies  and   the  education  of  consumers  and  installers  on  energy  efficiency  must  be  increased.  Finally,  it  is  found  that  the  preferred  EU   policy  instrument  on  energy  efficiency,  so  far,  seems  to  be  the  use  of  minimum  requirements.  Less  used  in  EU  legislation  is   the   use   of   measuring   and   verification   as   well   as   the   use   of   certifications.   Therefore,   it   is   concluded   that   the   EU   should   consider  an  increased  use  of  these  instruments.    

Keywords:  Energy  efficiency,  Informational  barriers,  European  policies    

JEL Classiffication:  Q48,  D82,  F42    

1. Introduction The  World  is  facing  complex  energy  challenges.  Countering  climate  change  caused  by  rising  emissions  of   carbon   dioxide,   ensuring   affordable   access   to   energy   for   an   increasing   population   and   securing   the   supply   of   energy.  Because  of  these  multifaceted  challenges,  strategies  to  counter  climate  change  are  likely  to  pose  trade-­ offs.  Increased  energy  efficiency  is  a  key  strategy  with  low  trade-­offs  and  huge  win-­win  opportunities.  However,   VWLOODQ³HQHUJ\HIILFLHQF\JDS´RIH[SODLQHGE\PDUNHWIDLOXUHVH[LVWV7Kis  paper  focuses  on  the  market  failure   posed  by  informational  asymmetries.  So  far,  the  focus  in  the  literature  on  agency  and  informational  barriers  has   largely   been   on   the   problem   of   splitted   incentives   between   principals   and   agents   (IEA   2007).   This   problem   deviates  from  traditional   principal  agent  problems  since  the  problem  is  caused  by  a  split  between  the  investor   and  the  user  of  technologies,  and  not  by  asymmetries  of  information.  That  is  exactly  where  this  article  starts;;  it   seeks   to  contribute  to   the   understanding  of   market  barriers   arising  through   informational   asymmetries.   This   is   done  by  proposing  a  simple  theoretical  framework  analyzing  the  cause  and  potential  alleviations  of  inefficiencies   caused   by   the   problems   of   moral   hazard   and   adverse   selection.   In   a   setting   adopted   from   literature   on   economics   of   information   it   is   illustrated   how   moral   hazard   and   adverse   selection   impact   on   the   outcome   of   energy   efficiency.   Afterwards,   European   legislation   is   briefly   evaluated   to   assess   the   extent   to   which   informational  asymmetries  are  accommodated.    

2. Theory Following  Arrow  (1962),  an  implicit  assumption  in  welfare-­economics  is  that  the  information  is  symmetric   among   the   participants   in   the   markets.   Free-­market   Walrasian   equilibriums   will   then,   according   to   the   First   Welfare  Theorem,  lead  to  Pareto  efficient  outcomes,  where  no  welfare  improvements  can  be  made.  In  reality,   21  7KLVDUWLFOHLVDUHYLVHGYHUVLRQRIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJDXWKRU¶VPDVWHU¶VWKHVLVGHOLYHUHGDWWKH&ROOHJHRI(XURSHLQ

2009.  The  thesis  was  awarded  the  Alcoa  Prize  for  the  best  thesis  related  to  sustainable  development  written  at  the  College   of  Europe  in  2009.  The  authors  thank  Nicole  Täumel  for  useful  discussions  during  the  formulation  of  the  model,  Wolfgang   Irrek  for  insights  on  EU  projects  in  the  area  and  Jacques  Pelkmans  for  encouraging  comments.  All  remaining  omissions  and   PLVWDNHVDUHVROHO\WKHDXWKRUV¶DQGRSLQLRQVH[SUHVVHGLQWKLVDUWLFOHGRQRWQHFHVVDULO\UHIOHFt  the  view  of  the  institutions   the  authors  are  affiliated  with.    

132  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism however,  the  information  is  often  asymmetric,  which  causes  the  implicit  assumption  for  the  welfare  theorem  to   break  down,  whereby  the  outcome  is  likely  to  end  up  being  inefficient  (Mas-­Colell,  Whinston,  and  Green  1995).   The  observed  energy  efficiency  gap  might  be  the  result  of  such  an  inefficient  outcome  and  potentially  caused  by   informational  asymmetries  between  the  participants  in  the  market  for  energy  efficiency.   As   Nobel   laureate   Oliver   E.   Williamson   (1975)   (1985)   has   emphasized,   contracts   play   a   major   role   in   organizing  economic  relationships  and  poorly  designed  contracts  can  lead  to  inefficient  outcomes  like  the  energy   efficiency   gap.   For   this   reason,   the   understanding   of   the   design   of   contracts,   given   the   informational   environment,   is   important   in   order   to   understand   why   inefficient   outcomes   occur   and   what   can   be   cone   to   alleviate  these  inefficiencies  (Macho-­Stadler,  and  Pérez-­Castrillo  1997).  This  part  attempts  to  provide  such  an   understanding  of  contractual  settings  related  to  energy  efficiency.   The   presented   framework   builds   on   literature   on   economics   of   information   and   microeconomics   as   presented   by   Macho-­Stadler,   and   Pérez-­Castrillo   (1997),   and   Mas-­Colell,   Whinston,   and   Green   (1995).   This   means  that  the  formal  way  of  presenting  and  solving  the  problems  follows  the  lines  of  the  literature  in  the  sense   that  the  models  contain  a  principal  maximizing  an  objective  function  subject  to  an  ageQW¶VSDUWLFLSDWLRQFRQVWUDLQW The  maximization  is  done  using  the  Lagrange  method.  However,  in  this  setting  the  framework  has  been  adapted   to  accommodate  an  energy  efficiency  context.  The  first  section  illustrates  the  basic  setup.  This  means  that  the   contract  where  a  principal  contracts  an  agent  under  symmetric  information  is  found.  Then  the  model  is  extended   to   illustrate   the   optimal   contracts   under   moral   hazard   and   adverse   selection.   In   both   extensions   the   ideal   situation   ±   the   first   best   -­   is   identified.   Then,   the   problem   in   hand   is   illustrated   and   the  optimal   contract   ±   the   second  best  -­  given  the  information  asymmetry  is  identified.  For  each  problem  the  consequences  of  the  problem   and   the   contracting   in   case   of   asymmetric   information   is   analyzed.   Finally,   the   findings   are   summarized   in   a   conclusion.     2.1 The Base Model Both   models  presented  in   this   part   are   developed   from   a  common   framework.   A  principal   contracts   an   agent   in   order   to   maximize   an   objective   function.   Since   both   models   originate   from   this   framework   it   is   reasonable  first  to  develop  the  basic  framework  where  information  is  symmetric  and  then  later  extend  it  to  the   issues   of   asymmetric   information.   Also,   since   the   contract   under   symmetric   information   will   be   used   as   a   benchmark  case  for  later  comparison  it  is  reasonable  first  to  develop  it.  Therefore,  the  following  paragraphs  first   state  the  assumptions  underlying  the  model,  then  present  and  solve  the  maximization  problem  in  order  to  find  the   optimal  contract  under  symmetric  information.   Assumptions In  the  base  model  the  information  is  symmetric.  This  means  that  the  principal  knows  what  effort  the  agent   H[HUWVDVZHOODVWKHDJHQW¶VW\SHZKHUHE\WKHSULQFLSDOFDQZULWHDFRQWUDFWGHSHQGHQWRQHIIRUWDQGGLUHFWWKLV contract   to  a   specific   agent.  The   principal   wants   to   hire   the   agent   to  search   for  and  install   a   given   amount   of   energy  efficiency,‫ ܧܧ‬,  and  therefore  offers  the  agent  a  contract.  This  contractual  relationship  goes  on  for  one   period.  It  is  assumed  that  the  level  of  energy  efficiency  can  be  translated  into  a  monetary  gain  for  the  principal,   for  instance  through  a  lower  energy  bill.  The  contract  specifies  the  effort  the  agent  must  exert  denoted  by   ݁  and   the  wage  as  a  function  of  the  outcome,  denoted  by  ‫ ݓ‬.  The  contract  can  be  considered  as  a  document  specifying   WKHDJHQW¶VREOLJDWLRQVDQGWKHWUDQVIHUVWKDWPXVWEHPDGHLQGLIIHUHQWRXWFRPHV7KHFRQWUDFWSURSRVHGE\WKH principal  is  either  accepted  or  rejected  by  the  agent.  However,  it  is  assumed  that  the  contract  is  designed  such   that  it  will  always  be  accepted  in  equilibrium.  After  the  agent  has  exerted  his  effort  the  outcome  is  realized.   There   are   ܰ   possible   outcomes   denoted   by   ܺ,   where   ܺ ൌ ሼ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ǡ ‫ܧܧ‬ଶ ǡ ǥ ǡ ‫ܧܧ‬ே ሽ   and   ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ൏ ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ൏  ǥ ൏  ‫ܧܧ‬ே ,   meaning   that   the   higher   the   subscript   the   higher   is   the   energy   efficiency.   This   final   outcome  is  the  result  of  both  on  the  effort  exerted  by  the  agent  but  also  of  some  random  component.  One  can   LPDJLQH WKDW WKH GHJUHH RI PHDVXUHG HQHUJ\ HIILFLHQF\ GHSHQGV ERWK RQ WKH DJHQW¶V HIIRUW EXW DOVR RQ   some   random  component  relating  to  the  behavior  of  the  users,  the  complexity  of  the  technologies  installed  and  of  the   environment   the   technologies   are   installed   in,   the   climate   and   maybe   pure   luck.   The   probability   of   a   given   outcome,   ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ,  depends  on  the  effort  exerted  by  the  agent  and   ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ ൐ Ͳ  for  all   ݅ ,  where   σே ௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ ൌ ͳ.   The  probability  for  a  given  outcome  must  be  positive  for  all  effort-­levels  since,  if  this  was  not  the  case,  a  given   result  could  signify  what  effort  level  was  not  exerted.  When  the  outcome  is  realized  the  wage  is  paid  to  the  agent.   Since  both  the  principal  and  the  agent  are  exposed  to  uncertainty  through  the  random  component,  their   risk   preferences   must   be   examined.   The   concept   employed   here   is   that   of   expected   utility,   meaning   that   the  

133  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 preferences  are  of  a  von  Neumann-­0RUJHQVWHUQW\SH7KHSULQFLSDO¶VSD\RIIIXQFWLRQZKLFKPXVWEHLQFUHDVLQJ in  the  obtained  level  of  energy  efficiency  and  decreasing  in  the  wage  payment  to  the  agent,  is  given  by:  

࡮ሺࡱࡱ െ ࢝ሻ  

 

where   it   is   assumed   that   ‫ ܤ‬ƍ ൐ Ͳ   and   that   ‫ ܤ‬ƍƍ ൌ Ͳ   reflecting   that   the   payoff   of   higher   energy   efficiency   and   lower  wage  payment  is  increasing  at  a  constant  pace  and  that  the  principal  is  risk-­neutral.  Note  that  the  principal,   as   such,   does   not   care   about   the   effort   exerted   by   the   agent,   only   because   it   affects   the   final   outcome.   The   DJHQW¶VXWLOLW\ZKLFKLVDVVXPHGWREHLQFUHDVLQJLQWKHZDJHEXWGHFUHDVLQJLQWKHHIIRUWH[HUWHGLVJLYHQE\    

ࢁሺ࢝ǡ ࢋሻ ൌ ࢛ሺ࢝ሻ െ ࢜ሺࢋሻ  

 

where  it  is  assumed  that   ‫ݑ‬ƍ ൐ Ͳ  and   ‫ݑ‬ƍƍ ൏ Ͳ  reflecting  the  standard  assumptions  that  the  agent  has  a   decreasing  marginal  utility  to  wage  and  that  the  agent  is  risk-­averse  when  it  comes  to  the  remuneration.  It  is  also   assumed  that  ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ൐ Ͳ  and  ‫ ݒ‬ƍƍ ൐ Ͳ  reflecting  the  assumptions  that  the  agent  suffers  from  an  increasing  marginal   disutility  to  effort.  It  is  also  assumed  that  the  agent  has  a  reservation  utility  of   ܷ,  which  is  the  level  of  utility  that   the   contract   offered   must   at   least   be   equal   to.   One   can   imagine   that   the   agent   has   another   option   than   the   contract  proposed  where  this  other  option  gives  the  agent  a  utility  equal  the  reservation  utility.  Because  of  this   the  contract  offered  by  the  principal  must  at  least  give  the  agent  a  utility  equal  to  the  reservation  utility.   Briefly  to  summarize  the  timing  of  the  relationship;;  first,  the  principal  offers  the  agent  the  contract  which   the   agent   accepts   (or   rejects).   Then   the   agent   supplies   a   verifiable   effort,   which   together   with   the   random   component  determines  the  final  outcome  and  the  payoff  are  paid.  The  timing  is  illustrated  in  the  timeline  below.    

  Figure 1. Time-­line  in  the  base  model  

Solving the model Since  the  relationship  is  of  a  sequential  nature  the  solution  concept  applied  is  that  of  a  sub-­game  perfect   Nash  equilibrium.  This  implies  that  the  solution  is  found  from  backwards,  meaning  that  the  principal  offers  the   agent  a  contract,  which  specifies  the  transfer  the  agent  will  get  in  all  potential  outcomes  and  the  effort  the  agent   must   exert,   ‫ ܥ‬ൌ ሼ݁ǡ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ሻǡ ǥ ǡ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬ே ሻሽ.   Furthermore,   the   contract   is   made   such   that   the   agent   will   obtain  his  reservation  utility  since  otherwise  he  could  get  a  higher  utility  from  not  engaging  in  the  relationship.   From  backwards,  the  agent  then  accepts  or  rejects  the  contract  after  calculating  what  his  expected  utility  will  be   and  taking  the  optimal  level  of  effort  into  account.  The  principal  then  offers  the  agent  the  contract  that  ensures   KLPWKHKLJKHVWH[SHFWHGSD\RIIWDNLQJDFFRXQWRIZKDWWKHDJHQW¶VGHFLVLRQZLOOEH)RUPDOO\WKHSULQFLSal  solves   the  following  maximization  problem:    



ࡹࢇ࢞ࢋǡ࢝ሺࡱࡱ૚ ሻǡǥǡ࢝ሺࡱࡱࡺሻ ෍ ࢖࢏ ሺࢋሻ࡮൫ࡱࡱ࢏ െ ࢝ሺࡱࡱ࢏ ሻ൯   ࢏ୀ૚

 



࢙Ǥ ࢚Ǥ ෍ ࢖࢏ ሺࢋሻ࢛൫࢝ሺࡱࡱ࢏ ሻ൯ െ ࢜ሺࢋሻ ൒ ࢁ    

 

࢏ୀ૚

134  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism where  the  constraint  ensures  that  the  agent  will  participate  in  the  contract  since  the  expected  utility  he   obtains   is   at   least   equal   to   his   reservation   utility,   for   which   reason   the   constraint   is   called   the   participation   constraint  (PC).  The  problem  is  solved  using  the  Lagrangian:   ே



ࣦ ൌ ෍ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ‫ܤ‬൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൅ ߣ ൭෍ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ െ ܷ൱    

௜ୀଵ

௜ୀଵ

where   the   solution   can   be   identified   from   the   first   order   condition   (FOC)   in   case   the   second   order   condition  (SOC)  is  negative.  Furthermore,  since  we  are  maximizing  over  several  variables  the  cross-­derivative   must  be  zero.  These  conditions  are:    

FOC:  ߲ࣦൗ߲‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ ܧܧ‬ሻ ൌ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ‫ܤ‬ƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ሺെͳሻ ൅ ߣ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ ൌ Ͳ    



ଶ SOC:  ߲ ࣦൗ

ሺ݁ሻ‫ܤ‬ƍƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൅ ߣ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ሻ‫ݑ‬ƍƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ ൏ Ͳ   ߲‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻଶ ൌ ‫݌‬௜

 

ଶ Cross  derivative:  ߲ ࣦ൘߲‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ ܧܧ‬ሻ߲‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ ܧܧ‬ሻ ൌ Ͳ   ௜ ௝

 

Regarding  the  SOC  it  is  seen  that  this  condition  must  be  negative  since  both  probabilities  are  positive,   ߣ   is  bigger  than  or  equal  to  zero  (can  by  definition  not  be  negative)  and  since  both   ‫ܤ‬ƍƍ  and   ‫ݑ‬ƍƍ  are  negative  (see   assumptions   above).   Regarding   the   cross   derivative   this   must   be   zero   since   ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௝ ሻ   does   not   occur   in   the   FOC.  As  the  conditions  needed  to  identify  the  solution  from  the  FOC  are  present  the  solution  is  found  from  the   FOC  to  be:    

ߣൌ

‫ ܤ‬ƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൘ƍ ை   ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ

 

This  condition  is  called  the  optimality  condition  denoted  with  the  superscript  (O)  in  the  wages.  Notice  that   since  both   ‫ܤ‬ƍ  and   ‫ݑ‬ƍ  are  positive,   ߣ  must  be  positive  as  well,  meaning  that  the  participation  constraint  binds  in   equilibrium.  This  is  clearly  no  surprise  since  the  only  effect  of  a  combination  of  wage  and  effort  that  ensures  a   XWLOLW\KLJKHUWKDQWKHUHVHUYDWLRQXWLOLW\LVWKDWWKHSULQFLSDO¶VSD\RIILVORZHUHG7KHUHIRUHWKHSULQFLSDOKDVQR incentive  to  offer  a  contract  that  gives  the  agent  a  utility  higher  than  needed  to  contract  him.  Knowing  that  the   principal  is  risk  neutral,  ‫ ܤ‬ƍƍ ൌ Ͳ,  it  must  be  the  case  that  ‫ ܤ‬ƍ  equals  a  constant,  whereby  the  optimality  condition   requires  that  ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ  equals  a  constant  for  all  outcomes,  ݅ .   Knowing  that  the  agent  is  risk  averse  (his  utility  function  is  concave),  the  only  possible  way  to  ensure  that   his  marginal  utility  is  the  same  for  all  outcomes  is  to  give  him  the  same  wage  in  all  outcomes.  In  other  words   ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ ൌ ‫ݑ‬ƍ ൫‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௝ ሻ൯  requires  that  ‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ ൌ ‫ ݓ‬ை ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௝ ሻ,  meaning  that  the  optimal  contract  is   independent   of   the   result.   Why   is   this   the   case?   The   reason   is   that   the   effort   is   verifiable,   which   enables   the   parties  to  contract  directly  on  the  effort,  and  that  the  principal  is  risk-­neutral  and  the  agent  risk  averse.  With  this   risk-­pattern  it  is  optimal  for  the  principal  to  demand  the  effort  level  from  the  principal  that  maximizes  his  payoff   and   insure   the   agent   completely   from   the   risk   in   the   outcome   by   offering   him   a   constant   wage.   The   agent   receives   ‫ ݓ‬ை  in  all  outcomes  and  this  wage  only  depends  on  the  effort  level  demanded  by  the  principal.  Finally,   since  the  participation  constraint  binds  the  exact  wage  payment  can  be  found:    

‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ை ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ ൌ ܷ ฻ ‫ ݓ‬ை ൌ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ை ሻ൯    

This  wage  will  be  used  as  a  reference  wage  in  comparisons  later.   Consequences To   conclude,   in   the   base   model   where   information   is   symmetric,   the   principal   and   the   agent   can   write   contracts  directly  on  the  effort  level.  Knowing  this  fact  the  principal  will  design  a  contract  such  that  the  agent  will   135  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 accept   it   and   exert   the   effort   which   gives   the   principal   the   highest   payoff.   When   designing   the   contract   the   principal   looks   at   the   combinations   of   wage   and   effort   which   makes   the   agent   participate.   The   principal   then   chooses  to  offer  the  agent  the  contract  which  gives  the  principal  the  highest  payoff.  No  other  outcome  can  be   EHWWHU WKDQ WKLVDQGVLQFH WKH SULQFLSDO¶VSURILW LV PD[LPL]HG WKHRXWFRPHPXVW EH 3DUHWR RSWLPDO 7KH DJHQW could  be  made  better  off,  but  this  would  come  at  a  cost  to  the  principal.  The  consequence  of  contracting  in  the   case  of  symmetric  information  is  that  the  most  efficient  outcome  is  reached,  and  assuming  that  the  outcome  with   the  highest  energy  efficiency  pays  the  principal  the  highest  payoff,  the  highest  possible  level  of  energy  efficiency   will   be   installed   and   the   energy   efficiency   gap   closed.   However,   this   is   not   likely   to   be   the   case   and   the   two   models  explained  below  offer  some  explanation.   2.2 Moral hazard The  previous  section  illustrated  the  optimal  contract  in  the  situation  where  a  principal  contracts  an  agent   to  install  some  energy  efficiency  in  a  setting  where  the  effort  exerted  by  the  agent  is  verifiable.  However,  in  many   relationships  this  assumption  might  be  unrealistic.  Take  for  instance  the  case  of  an  architect  or  an  engineer  hired   by  a  principal  to  exert  some  effort  to  install  energy  efficiency.  If  the  level  of  effort  exerted  by  the  agent,  i.e.  how   much   time   and   resources   are   spent   by   the   agent   in   looking   for   the   most   efficient   and   best   performing   technologies,  cannot  be  verified  the  relationship  suffers  from  potential  moral  hazard.  If  a  contract  in  this  situation   just  pays  the  agent  a  fixed  wage,  which  was  optimal  in  the  base  model,  the  agent  has  no  incentive  to  work  hard   and  find  the  best  performing  technologies  given  the  environment.  Even  though  a  contract  might  have  specified   that  the  agent  must  work  hard,  due  to  the  non-­verifiability  of  effort  there  is  room  for  opportunistic  behavior  by  the   agent,   whereby   the   exerted   effort-­level   will   be   the   lowest   possible.   Fortunately,   the   non-­verifiability   does   not   completely  exclude  the  possibility  to  write  contracts.  In  theory,  it  might  still  be  possible  for  the  principal  to  contract   the  agent  in  a  rational  way,  which  is  done  by  designing  a  compensation  scheme  that  rewards  the  agent  when  the   outcome  signals  that  he  exerted  high  effort  and  punish  the  agent  when  the  outcome  signals  a  low  effort.   This  section  analyzes  the  situation  where  a  principal  hires  an  agent  to  install  some  energy  efficiency  and   where   the   effort   exerted   by   the   agent   to   look   for   the   best   performing   techniques   is   no   longer   verifiable.   To   specify,  a  non-­verifiable  effort  means  that  it  might  be  observed  but  it  cannot  be  verified  in  a  court-­room,  whereby   it   becomes   impossible   to   contract   on   it.   The   method   used   in   the   analysis   is   the   following.   First   the   optimal   contract,  the  first  best,  in  the  case  of  verifiable  effort  is  specified.  This  is  followed  by  an  illustration  of  the  problem   of   moral   hazard.   As   mentioned,   even   though   effort   might   be   non-­verifiable,   it   might   still   be   possible   for   the   principal  to  contract  the  agent.  Therefore,  the  following  section  analyses  the  optimal  contract  in  the  presence  of   moral   hazard.   The   final   section   illustrates   the   likely   consequences   of   both   the   moral   hazard   in   itself,   and   the   implications  of  the  optimal  compensation  scheme  when  moral  hazard  is  present.   First best The  first  best  outcome  is  the  ideal  situation  where  the  effort  exerted  by  the  agent  is  at  its  optimal  level.   This  implies  that  both  the  agent  will  engage  in  the  contract  since  it  offers  him  a  utility  equal  to  his  reservation   XWLOLW\DQGPD[LPL]HVWKHSULQFLSDO¶VSD\RII7KLVLVVLPSO\WKHFRQWUDFWIRXQGLQWKHEDVHPRGHOEHLQJ    

‫ ݓ‬ை ൌ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ை ሻ൯  

 

In  this  model  the  principal  has  chosen  the  effort  level  that  maximizes  his  profits  given  that  the  agent  will   participate.  One  can  for  instance  imagine  that  there  are  two  effort  levels;;  high  and  low.  The  contract  above  can   then  be  written  such  that  a  high  effort  results  in  a  high  wage  (‫ ݓ‬ு ǡ ݁ ு )  or  that  a  low  effort  results  in  a  low  wage   (‫ ݓ‬௅ ǡ ݁ ௅ ).  In  the  case  of  verifiable  effort  a  contract  satisfying  this  condition,  following  the  maximization  problem  in   the  base  model,  cannot  be  improved.  It  is  at  its  optimal  level.   Problem As  mentioned  in  the  introduction  to  moral  hazard,  in  many  settings  it  is  impossible  to  contract  directly  on   effort.  However,  in  practice  contracts  might  still  be  designed  as  if  the  effort  was  verifiable  (but  it  is  not!)  or  it  might   be   the   case   that   it  is   impossible   to   write   other   contracts   than   contracts   with   a   flat   wage.   This   implies   that   the   exerted  effort  is  at  its  lowest  possible  level,  meaning  that:    

‫ ݓ‬௠௜௡ ൌ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ௠௜௡ ሻ൯  

 

 

136  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism This  result  holds  both  in  cases  where  effort  is  non-­verifiable  but  the  contract  is  still  written  on  a  specific   effort   level   (i.e.   the   principal   believes   it   is   possible   to   contract   on   the   effort),   and   in   the   situation   where   the   principal  knows  it  is  impossible  to  contract  directly  on  effort,  but  it  is  impossible  to  incorporate  other  measures  in   the  contract.   Second best Even  though  effort  is  non-­verifiable,  as  mentioned  above,  it  might  still  be  possible  to  contract  in  a  way  that   ensures  an  effort  level  above  the  minimal  one.  For  the  setting  of  the  model  some  additional  assumptions  must  be   made.  First,  in  the  following  it  is  assumed  that  there  are  only  two  effort  levels;;  high  (H)  where  the  agent  works   hard  and  low  (L)  where  the  agent  is  lazy  and  only  perform  at  the  minimum  effort-­level.  Formally  it  is  given  by   ݁ ‫ א‬ሼ݁ ௅ ǡ ݁ ு ሽ.   Following   from   the   specification   of   the   disutility   these   effort   levels   implies   that   ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு ሻ ൐ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ௅ ሻ.   Additionally,   with   only   two   effort   levels   the   notation   can   be   simplified   such   that,   ‫݌‬௜ு ൌ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ ு ሻ   and   ‫݌‬௜௅ ൌ ‫݌‬௜ ሺ݁ ௅ ሻ.  In  order  to  ensure  that  high  outcomes  are  more  likely  under  high  than  low  effort  it  must  be  the   case  that:    

σ௞௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ு ൏ σ௞௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜௅  for  all  ݇ ൌ ͳǡ ǥ ǡ ݊ െ ͳ    

The   outcomes   of   the   relationship   are   unchanged   from   above,   meaning   that   there   are   ܰ   potential   outcomes  denoted  by  ܺ,  where  ܺ ൌ ሼ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ǡ ‫ܧܧ‬ଶ ǡ ǥ ǡ ‫ܧܧ‬ே ሽ  and  ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ൏  ‫ܧܧ‬ଵ ൏  ǥ ൏  ‫ܧܧ‬ே .   Briefly  to  summarize  the  timing  of  the  relationship;;  first,  the  principal  offers  the  agent  the  contract  which   the  agent  accepts  (or  rejects).  Then  the  agent  supplies  a  non-­verifiable  effort,  which  together  with  the  random   component  determines  the  final  outcome  from  which  the  payoffs  are  paid.  The  timing  is  illustrated  in  the  timeline   below.    

P  offers  A  the   contract

A  supplies  non-­ verifiable  effort

Outcome  realized  and   payment  made

A  accepts   (or  rejects)

State  of  nature  is   realized

 

 

Figure 2. Time-­line  in  the  moral  hazard  model    

The  principal  can  as  such,  through  the  contract  he  offers,  demand  two  effort  levels  from  the  agent  and  the   principal  makes  this  decision  based  on  which  effort  level  that  maximizes  his  profit.  In  the  case  where  it  is  the  low   effort  level  that  it  optimal  for  the  principal,  no  real  moral  hazard  problem  exists,  since  the  principal  can  just  offer   WKH DJHQW D IL[HG ZDJH HQVXULQJ WKDW WKH DJHQW¶V UHVHUYDWLRQ XWLOLW\ LV UHDFKHG LPSO\LQJ WKDW ‫ ݓ‬௅ ൌ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ௅ ሻ൯.  This  situation  is  not  really  interesting,  since  the  contract  is  similar  to  the  ones  above.   The  situation  becomes  more  interesting  when  it  is  optimal  for  the  principal  to  demand  a  high  effort  from   the  agent.  This  will  be  the  case  when  good  outcomes  are  sufficiently  attractive,  meaning  that  the  level  of  energy   efficiency,   ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ,  is  high  for  large   ݅ ¶V,IWKLVLVWKHFDVHLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRLQFHQWLYL]HWKHDJHQWPHDQLQJWKDWDQ incentive  constraint  must  be  incorporated  in  the  maximization  problem.  This  incentive  constraint  is  the  following:    





෍ ‫݌‬௜ு ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு ሻ ൒ ෍ ‫݌‬௜௅ ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ௅ ሻ    

௜ୀଵ

௜ୀଵ

The   constraint   above   has   the   intuitive   implication   that   the   agent   will   chose   to   exert   high   effort   if   the   expected  utility  from  this  is  higher  than  or  equal  to  the  expected  utility  from  exerting  low  effort.   In  order  to  find  the  optimal  contract,  when  it  is  not  possible  to  contract  on  effort  and  which  induces  the   agent  to  exert  high  effort  the  principal  must  solve  the  following  maximization  problem:    

137  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 ே

‫ݔܽܯ‬௪ሺாாభ ሻǡǥǡ௪ሺாாಿ ሻ ෍ ‫݌‬௜ு ‫ܤ‬൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯   ௜ୀଵ

 

ு ு ‫ݏ‬Ǥ ‫ݐ‬Ǥ σே ௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ሻ ൒ ܷ        

 

 

 

 

(PC)  

ு ே ௅ ு ௅ σே ௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ሻ ൒ σ௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ሻ        

 

(IC)  

 

where   (PC)   indicates   the   participation   constraint   and   (IC)   indicates   the   incentive   constraint.   Note   that   since  it  is  no  longer  possible  to  contract  on  effort  this  variable  is  excluded  from  the  maximization  problem.  The   problem  can  be  solved  using  the  Lagrangian:    



ࣦൌ



෍ ‫݌‬௜ு ‫ܤ‬൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ ௜ୀଵ ൅

 

െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൅ ߣ ൭෍ ‫݌‬௜ு ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு ሻ െ ܷ൱ ே

௜ୀଵ

ߤ ൭෍ ‫݌‬௜ு ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ െ ௜ୀଵ



‫ݒ‬ሺ݁

ுሻ

െ ෍ ‫݌‬௜௅ ‫ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ௅ ሻ൱   ௜ୀଵ

where,   since   the   SOC   is   negative   and   the   cross-­derivative   is   equal   to   zero,   the   solution   can   again   be   found  from  the  FOCs.  The  FOC  for  outcome  ݅  is:    

ு ƍ ு ƍ ு ௅ ߲ࣦൗ ሻ൯ ሻ൯ ሻ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ ൌ Ͳ ߲‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ ൌ െ‫݌‬௜ ‫ ܤ‬൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ൅ ߣ‫݌‬௜ ‫ ݑ‬൫‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ൅ ߤሺ‫݌‬௜ െ ‫݌‬௜ ฻  

 

ߣ ൅ ߤ ቌͳ െ

‫ ܤ‬ƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ‫݌‬௜௅ ൘ƍ ൘ ுቍ ൌ   ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ ‫݌‬௜

 

Since   it   is   assumed   that   ‫ ܤ‬ƍƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯ ൌ Ͳ   it   must   be   the   case   that   ‫ ܤ‬ƍ ൫‫ܧܧ‬௜ െ ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ൯   equals  a  constant,  which  in  the  following  is  denoted  ݇ .  This  gives  the  optimality  condition:    

ߣ ൅ ߤ ቌͳ െ

‫݌‬௜௅ ൘ ு ቍ ൌ ݇ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ ܧܧ‬        ‫ݑ‬ ‫݌‬௜ ௜ ሻሻ

 

 

 

 

(MH.1)  

 

which  characterizes  the  optimal  contract  in  case  of  moral  hazard.  Before  analyzing  on  the  result  it  should   be  noted  that  both  constraints  are  binding,  meaning  that  both  multipliers  are  positive.  This  is  proved  in  annex  I.   With  the  result  that  both  multipliers  are  positive,  the  design  of  the  optimal  contract  in  case  of  non-­verifiable   effort   can   be   analyzed.   First   note   the   ratio   of   probabilities   which   is   called   the   likelihood   ratio.   It   indicates   the   precision  with  which  the  outcome  of  energy  efficiency   ‫ܧܧ‬௜  signals  that  the  effort  exerted  by  the  agent  was   ݁ ு .   The   smaller  this   ratio,   the  larger   is   ‫݌‬௜ு   relative   to   ‫݌‬௜௅   and   so   the   indication   that   the   effort   exerted   was   ݁ ு   is   stronger.  The  two  cases  where  the  ratio  decreases  and  increases  are  worth  analyzing:  

‫݌‬௅

1.   ௜ ൘

‫݌‬௜ு

 decreases  =>  left  hand  side  of  (MH.1)  increases  =>  right  hand  side  must  increase  as  well  =>  

‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ  must  decrease  =>  ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ  must  increase  given  the  assumptions  on  ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ǡ ݁ሻ.   ‫݌‬௅ 2. ௜ ൘ ு  increases  =>  left  hand  side  of  (MH.1)  decreases  =>  right  hand  side  must  decrease  as  well  =>   ‫݌‬௜ ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻሻ  must  increase  =>  ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻ  must  decrease  given  the  assumptions  on  ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ǡ ݁ሻ.  

 

138  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism The   two   cases   illustrate   how   the   optimal   compensation   mechanism   in   the   case   of   non-­verifiable   effort   works.   If   the   outcome   of   energy   efficiency   ‫ܧܧ‬௜   (for   example   high   energy   efficiency)   is   relative   more   likely   to   occur  under  high  effort  compared  to  low  effort  it  signals  that  the  agent  exerted  high  effort,  whereby  the  agent   must  be  rewarded  through  a  higher  wage.  Contrary,  if  the  outcome  of  energy  efficiency   ‫ܧܧ‬௜  (for  example  low   energy   efficiency)   is   relatively   more   likely   to   occur   under   low   effort   compared   to   high   effort   it   signals   that   the   agent  exerted  low  effort,  whereby  the  agent  must  be  punished  through  a  lower  wage.   Consequences Having  presented  the  design  of  the  optimal  contract  the  consequences  of  this  contract  must  be  assessed.   With  the  non-­YHULILDELOLW\LQWURGXFHGLQWKHFRQWUDFWYDULDWLRQLQWKHDJHQW¶VFRPSHQVDWLRQLVLQWURGXFHGDVZHOO Knowing   that   the   agent   is   risk   averse   and   thereby   dislikes   uncertainty   it   must   be   the   case   that   his   expected   compensation  when  exerting  high  effort  is  strictly  greater  than  the  fixed  wage  in  the  observable  case:   ‫ ݓ‬ு‫ כ‬ൌ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு‫ כ‬ሻ൯   7RVHHWKLVSRLQWIRUPDOO\QRWHWKDWVLQFHWKHDJHQW¶VH[pectation  to  his  utility  is  ‫ܧ‬ሾܷሺ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻǡ ݁ ு ሻሿ ൌ ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு ሻ,  which  basically  follows  from  the  binding  participation  constraint,  and  since   ‫ݑ‬ƍƍ ሺ‫ݓ‬ሻ ൏ Ͳ-HQVHQ¶V LQHTXDOLW\WHOOVXVWKDWWKHDJHQW¶VXWLOLW\RIWKHH[SHFWHGZDJHLV      

ܷሺ‫ܧ‬ሾ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻǡ ݁ ு ሿሻ ൐ ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு ሻ  

This  implies  that  since  ‫ ݓ‬ு‫ כ‬ൌ ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ு‫ כ‬ሻ  it  must  be  the  case  that:      

‫ܧ‬ሾ‫ݓ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬௜ ሻǡ ݁ ு ሿ ൐ ‫ ݓ‬ு‫ כ‬ 

As   a   result,   the   non-­YHULILDELOLW\ RI HIIRUW LQFUHDVHV WKH SULQFLSDO¶V H[SHFWHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ FRVWV ZKHQ implementing  the  high  effort  level.   This  result  can  have  major  implications  for  the  implementation  of  the  high  effort  level  and  thereby  on  the   level  of  energy  efficiency.  The  fact  that  the  cost  of  implementing  the  high  effort  level  is  higher,  everything  else   equal,   it  becomes   more   likely   that  the  principal   will   not   demand   the   high   effort   level  since   it   is   too   expensive.   Instead   the   principal   will   demand   the   low   effort   level,   where   the   non-­verifiability   does   not   change   the   LPSOHPHQWDWLRQFRVW7KHUHDVRQIRUWKLVVRPHKRZVWULNLQJUHVXOWLVWKDWEHFDXVHRIWKHDJHQW¶VUisk  aversion  he   must   be   paid   some   premium   to   take   on   the   risk   associated   with   the   incentive;;   in   other   words   the   expected   transfer   from   the   principal   to   the   agent   is   higher   than   in   the   base   model.   In   the   case   where   this   extra   compensation  needed  to  induce  the  agent  to  exert  high  effort  outweighs  the  extra  benefit  to  the  principal  from   having  a  high  effort-­outcome  compared  to  a  low  effort  outcome,  the  principal  will  simply  choose  the  low  effort   level.  Note  that  to  detect  if  this  is  the  case  it  is  necessary  to  assume  functional  forms  on  the  payoff  and  utility   function   and   not   general   forms   like   the   ones   used   here.   The   fact   that   with   non-­verifiability   it   might   be   too   expensive   for   the   principal   to   demand   high   effort   has   a   direct   link   to   the   level   of   energy   efficiency   which   is   necessarily  lower  under  low  effort  than  under  high  effort.  This  lower  level  of  installed  energy  efficiency  can  then   contribute  to  the  explanation  of  the  energy  efficiency  gap.     2.3. Adverse Selection In   the   base   model   above   it   was   assumed   thDW WKH SULQFLSDO NQHZ WKH DJHQW¶V W\SH +RZHYHU LQ PDQ\ contractual   relationships   this   assumption   is   not   realistic   and   the   relationship   considered   here,   a   principal   contracting  an  agent  to  exert  an  effort  to  increase  the  energy  efficiency  is  no  exception.  Take  for  instance  the   case   where   two   different   agents   differ   in   their   productivity.   In   case   the   principal   does   not   have   knowledge   on   HDFKDJHQW¶VW\SHKHGRHVQRWNQRZKLVDELOLW\VNLOOVDQGPD\EHHYHQHGXFDWLRQDQGDVVXFKKHGRHVQRWNQRZ which   contract   to   offer   the   agent.   This   setting   is   known   as   adverse   selection.   The   economic   description   of   adverse   selection   was   pioneered   by   Akerlof   (1970)   in   the   Lemons   model.   In   this   model,   Akerlof   showed   how   asymmetric  information  in  the  market  for  used  cars,  where  the  seller  has  more  information  on  the  quality  of  the   car  than  the  buyer,  causes  the  market  for  used  cars  to  disappear.  However,  the  disappearance  of  the  market   PLJKW QRW DOZD\V EH WKH FDVH RI DV\PPHWULF LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ WKH DJHQW¶V W\SH 6RPHWLPHV LW LV Sossible   to   discriminate  between  the  agents.  However,  this  discrimination  implies  a  cost.   This   section   analyses   the   relationship   where   a   principal   hires   an   agent   to   install   an   amount   of   energy   efficiency,  but  there  is  asymmetric  information  regarding  the  agHQW¶VW\SHLHKRZWKHKLUHGDJHQW¶VXWLOLW\IXQFWLRQ looks  like.  Contrary  to  the  situation  under  moral  hazard,  the  effort  exerted  is  assumed  to  be  verifiable  and  it  is  still   139  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 assumed   that   the   principal   is   risk   neutral   and   the   agent   risk   averse.   Furthermore,   since   uncertainty   in   the   RXWFRPHGRHVQRWSOD\DNH\UROHIRUWKHUHODWLRQVKLS¶VLQHIILFLHQFLHVLWLVOHIWRXWRIWKHVHWWLQJ7KLVLPSOLHVWKDW the  outcome  of  energy  efficiency  is  no  longer  a  function  of  both  effort  exerted  and  the  random  component,  but   now  only  a  function  of  the  effort.  Since  the  effort  exerted  is  now  verifiable,  the  principal  is  risk  neutral,  and  that   the  uncertainty  is  left  out  of  the  model  the  outcome  is  simplified  to  σ௡ ௜ୀଵ ‫݌‬௜ ‫ݔ‬௜ ൌ ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ሻ.  On  the  function  on  the   ƍ ሺ݁ሻ ƍƍ ሺ݁ሻ outcome   it   is   assumed   that   ‫ܧܧ‬ ൐ Ͳ   and   that   ‫ܧܧ‬ ൏ Ͳ,   illustrating   that   the   energy   efficiency   is   DVVXPHGWRH[KLELWDGHFUHDVLQJPDUJLQDOUHWXUQVWRHIIRUW7KHIDFWWKDWWKHSULQFLSDO¶VSD\RIILVQRZQRORQJHU dependent   on   the   random   component  implies   that  it   is  possible  to   simplify   the   notation  such   that   the   function   ‫ܤ‬ሺ‫ ܧܧ‬െ ‫ݓ‬ሻ  now  equals    

‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ሻ െ ‫ ݓ‬ 

Regarding   the   agents,   it   is   assumed   that   there   are   two   types   of   agents   that   the   principal   cannot   distinguish  between.  The  agents  have  the  same  reservation  utility  and  utility  from  wage  and  only  differ  in  their   disutility   to   effort.   This   means   that   the   first   type   has   a   disutility   of   ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ   and   the   second   type   a   disutility   of   ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ,  where  ݇ ൐ ͳVXFKWKDWIRUDJLYHQHIIRUWOHYHOWKHVHFRQGW\SH¶VGLVXWLOLW\LVKLJKHUZKHUHE\LWEHFRPHV more  expensive  to  contract  the  second  type.  For  this  reason  the  first  type  is  the  good  type  (denoted  by   ‫ ) ܩ‬ and   the   second   type   is   the   bad   type   (denoted   by   ‫  ܤ‬7KH UHVW RI WKH DJHQWV¶ SUHIHUHQFHV DUH VLPLODU WR WKH EDVH model  meaning  that  the  preferences  are  described  by  the  equations:    

ܷ ீ ሺ‫ݓ‬ǡ ݁ሻ ൌ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ  and  ܷ ஻ ሺ‫ݓ‬ǡ ݁ሻ ൌ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ    

Finally  it  should  be  noted  that,  even  though  the  principal  does  not  know  the  exact  type  of  a  given  agent,  it   is   assumed   that   he  knows   the   proportion   of   the   two   types   of   agents   in   the   population,  where   type-­G   share   is   denoted   ‫ ݍ‬ and  type-­B  share  is   ͳ െ ‫ݍ‬.  It  is  assumed  that  both  types  are  always  present,  meaning  that   ͳ ൐ ‫ ݍ‬൐ Ͳ.   First best With  the  new  setting  specified,  the  first  best  contract,  i.e.  the  contract  under  symmetric  information,  can   EHIRXQG:KHQWKHSULQFLSDONQRZVHYHU\DJHQW¶VW\SHKHGRHVQRWKDYHWRPD[LPL]HRYHUXQFHUWDLQW\RIWKH types,   meaning   that   he   can   construct   a   maximization   problem   for   each   type   and   not   pool   the   types   into   one   maximization  problem.  Furthermore,  since  the  principal  can  contract  on  both  effort  and  wage  the  contract  is  the   same   as   the   one   in   the   base   model.   With   the   additional   simplifying   assumptions   WKH SULQFLSDO¶V PD[LPL]DWLRQ problem  when  hiring  a  type-­G  agent  is:      

‫ݔܽܯ‬௘ǡ௪ ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ሻ െ ‫ ݓ‬ 

 

‫ݏ‬Ǥ ‫ݐ‬Ǥ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ ൒ ܷ    

‫ݑ‬

ିଵ

From   the   base   model   it   is   known   that   the   optimal   contract   in   case   of   symmetric   information   is:   ‫ ݓ‬ൌ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ሻ൯  which  can  be  inserted  in  the  maximization  problem  to  give:    

‫ݔܽܯ‬௘ ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ሻ െ ‫ିݑ‬ଵ ൫ܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ை ሻ൯  

 

Solving  this  problem  gives  the  following  first  order  condition:    

FOC:  ‫ܧܧ‬ƍሺ݁ሻ െ ሺ‫ି ݑ‬ଵ ሻƍ ቀܷ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ை ሻቁ ‫ݒ‬ƍሺ݁ ை ሻ

ൌ Ͳ ֞ ‫ ܧܧ‬ƍ ሺ݁ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬

ƍ ሺ݁ሻ

൘ƍ ൌ Ͳ   ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ݓ‬ሻ

 

The  first  order  condition  and  the  participation  constraint  then  characterize  the  optimal  contract,  which  in   the  following  is  denoted  by  (݁ ‫ כ‬ǡ ‫ כ ݓ‬ሻ.  For  a  type-­G  agent  the  optimal  contract  satisfies  the  two  equations:    

1.  ‫ ܧܧ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ீ‫ כ‬ሻ

 

ൌ‫ݒ‬

ƍ ሺ݁ ீ‫ כ‬ሻ

൘ ƍ ீ‫ כ‬  ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሻ

 

 

140  

 

 

 

(AS.1)  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism  

2.  ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ כீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ‫ כ‬ሻ

ൌ ܷ  

 

 

 

 

 

(AS.2)  

 

 

For  a  type-­B  agent  the  maximization  problem  is  only  changed  when  it  comes  to  the  disutility,  whereby  the   conditions  describing  the  optimal  contract  are:    

3. ‫ ܧܧ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻‫ כ‬ሻ ൌ

݇‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻‫ כ‬ሻ൘   ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻‫ כ‬ሻ

 

 

 

 

 

(AS.3)  

 

4. ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻‫ כ‬ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻‫ כ‬ሻ ൌ ܷ               (AS.4)   Before   continuing   to   the   analysis   of   the   problem   it   is   worth   analyzing   the   optimal   contracts   in   case   of   symmetric  information.  The  four  conditions  above,  (AS.1)  to  (AS.4),  can  be  drawn  in  a  (w,e)-­diagram  as  the  one   below.  The  slopes  of  the  curves  are  derived  in  the  annex  II.   In  the  diagram,  note  that  the  curve  (AS.4)  is  below  (AS.2)  since  the  constant   ݇ ൐ ͳ.  Furthermore,  note   that  for  a  given  effort-­level  the  left  hand  side  of  (AS.1)  and  (AS.3)  are  the  same  which,  since   ݇ ൐ ͳ,  implies  that   (AS.3)  must  be  below  (AS.1).  The  diagram  reveals  two  important  properties  from  the  optimal  contract.  The  first  is   that  it  is  optimal  for  the  principal  to  demand  more  effort  from  the  agent  with  the  lowest  disutility  of  effort.  That  is  to   say  that  ݁ ீ‫ כ‬൐ ݁ ஻‫ כ‬.  The  second  is  that  the  relationship  between  the  wages  might  be  ambiguous,  meaning  that   ‫ כீ ݓ‬൐ ‫ ݓ‬஻‫ כ‬ or  ‫ כீ ݓ‬൏ ‫ ݓ‬஻‫ כ‬.  This  somehow  counterintuitive  result  follows  from  the  fact  that  it  is  not  clear  how   IDUWKHFXUYH $6 OLHVIURP $6  $6 PLJKWMXVWDVZHOOOLHLQWKHFXUYH $6¶     

e

AS.2 cG AS.4 cB¶ AS.1

cB

AS.3 AS.3

w Diagram 1.Optimal  contracts  with  two  different  agents    

Problem :KHQLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKHDJHQWV¶W\SHVEHFRPHVDV\PPHWULFPDMRUSUREOHPVDULVHLQWKHVHWWLQJDERYH One  is  the  fact  that  it  might  be  the  case  that  in  the  optimal  contract  it  can  be  the  case  that   ‫ כீ ݓ‬൏ ‫ ݓ‬஻‫ כ‬ while   ݁ ீ‫ כ‬൐ ݁ ஻‫  כ‬7KLV VLWXDWLRQ LV LOOXVWUDWHG LQ WKH GLDJUDP DERYH ZLWK WKH FXUYH $6¶  ZKHUH WKH HTXLOLEULXP contracts  are   ‫ ீܥ‬  and   ‫ܥ‬஻ ƍ ,Q FDVH WKH SULQFLSDO GRHV QRWNQRZWKH DJHQWV¶ W\SHV DQG WKH FRQWUDFW FDQQRW EH optimal  for  the  principal.  The  reason  is  that  a  type-­G  agent  will  obtain  a  higher  utility  from  the  contract  intended   for  type-­B  agents  than  from  the  one  intended  for  type-­G  agents,  since  the  wage  is  higher  and  the  effort  is  lower.   The  outcome  is  that  the  principal  will  end  up  offering  type-­B  contracts  to  all  agents  ±  even  type-­G  agents.  As  with   141  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 the  case  of  moral  hazard,  a  symmetric  information  contract  is  no  longer  optimal  in  the  presence  of  asymmetric   information.   Second best Like  in  moral  hazard  it  is  still  possible  for  the  principal  to  contract  facing  an  adverse  selection  problem.  In   this  case  the  proportion  of  each  agent,   ‫ ݍ‬,  becomes  relevant.  Briefly  to  summarize  the  timing  of  the  relationship;;   ILUVWVRPHH[WHUQDOIDFWRUGHWHUPLQHVWKHDJHQWV¶W\SHVZKLFKLVWKHQRQO\REVHUYHGE\WKHDJHQWV7KHQ the   principal  designs  the  contracts  which  the  agents  accepts  (or  rejects).  Then  the  agents  supply  the  effort,  which,   together  with  the  random  element,  determines  the  final  outcome  from  which  the  payoffs  are  paid.  The  timing  is   illustrated  in  the  timeline  below.    

Nature  chooses   $¶VW\SH

A  either  accepts  or   rejects

Nature  plays

P  designs  the  menu  of   contracts

Outcome  is  realized  and   payment  made

A  supplies  effort

  Figure 3.Time-­line  in  the  adverse  selection  model  

The   aim   is   now   for   the   principal   to   design   a   menu   of   contracts   ensuring   that   each   agent   chose   the   FRQWUDFW LQWHQGHG IRU LWV VSHFLILF W\SH DQG WR GHVLJQ WKHVH FRQWUDFWV VXFK WKDW WKH SULQFLSDO¶V SD\RII LV VWLOO maximized.  When  the  agents  chose  the  exact  contract  intended  for  their  type  the  principle  employed  is  called  the   UHYHODWLRQ SULQFLSOH 7KH PHWKRG XVHG LV WR DGG RQH FRQVWUDLQW IRU HDFK SRWHQWLDO W\SH WR WKH SULQFLSDO¶V maximization   problem   which   ensures   that   each   agent   chose   the   contract   intended   for   their   type.   These   constraints  arHWKHSUREOHP¶VLQFHQWLYHFRQVWUDLQWV   7KHSULQFLSDO¶VPD[LPL]DWLRQSUREOHPZKLFKPD[LPL]HVWKHSULQFLSDO¶VXWLOLW\DQGHQVXULQJWKDWWKHDJHQWV pick  the  contracts  intended  for  their  types  is  then  the  following:      

‫ݔܽܯ‬௘ ಸ ǡ௘ ಳ ǡ௪ ಸǡ௪ಳ ‫ݍ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ൅ ሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻሺ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ െ ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ  

‫ݏ‬Ǥ ‫ݐ‬Ǥ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൒ ܷ,  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(PC-­G)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(PC-­B)  

 

 

 

 

 

(IC-­G)  

‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൒ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ      

 

 

 

 

(IC-­B)  

 

‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൒ ܷ,      

‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൒ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ      

where  (PC-­G)  is  the  participation  constraint  for  the  good  type  and  (PC-­B)  the  participation  constraint  for   the  bad  type.  Similarly,  (IC-­G)  is  the  incentive  constraint  for  the  good  type,  which  ensures  that  a  type-­G  agent   picks  the  contract  intended  for  him,  and  (IC-­B)  is  the  incentive  constraint  for  type-­B  agents  ensuring  that  a  type-­B   agent  picks  a  type-­B  intended  contract.  Before  solving  the  problem  it  can  be  argued  that  only  the  (IC-­G)  and  the   (PC-­B)   are   the   binding   constraints.   This   argumentation   is   in   the   annex   III.   Knowing   this,   the   problem   can   be   solved  using  the  Lagrangian:    

ࣦ ൌ ‫ݍ‬ሺ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ൅ ሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻሺ‫ܧܧ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ െ ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൅ ߤ൫‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ െ ܷ൯ ൅ ߣ൫‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ൯    

which  has  the  following  FOCs:      

 

ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ െ ߣ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൌ Ͳ   ߲‫ ݓ‬஻ ൌ െሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ ൅ ߤ‫ݑ‬ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ൌ Ͳ   ߲‫ ீ ݓ‬ൌ െ‫ ݍ‬൅ ߣ‫ݑ‬

142  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism  

 

ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ሺͳ െ ߤ݇‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൅ ߣ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ Ͳ   ߲݁ ஻ ൌ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ‫ܧܧ‬ ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ െ ߣ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൌ Ͳ   ߲݁ ீ ൌ ‫ܧܧݍ‬

Before  identifying  the  optimal  contract  the  expressions  for  the  two  multipliers  must  be  identified.  Note  the   following:    

‫ݍ‬ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ൌ Ͳ ฻ ߣ ൌ ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ൐ Ͳ     ߲‫ ீ ݓ‬ൌ െ‫ ݍ‬൅ ߣ‫ݑ‬ ‫ݑ‬  

since  (IC-­G)  binds.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that   ‫ ݍ‬൐ Ͳ  and  that   ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ൐ Ͳ,  implying  that  the   fraction  must  be  positive.    

ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ሺͳ െ ߤ݇‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൅ ߣ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ Ͳ ฺ ߤ ൐ Ͳ,     ߲݁ ஻ ൌ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ‫ܧܧ‬

 

since  (PC-­B)  binds.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  since  both  the  first  and  the  last  term  are  positive  it   must  be  the  case  that  ߤ ൐ Ͳ,  since  otherwise  the  expression  could  not  equal  zero.   And  finally,  to  find  the  expression  for  ߤ ,  ߣ  is  substituted  into  ߲ࣦൗ  

߲‫ ݓ‬஻  to  get:  

‫ݍ‬ ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ െ ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൌ Ͳ ฻ ߤ ߲‫ ݓ‬஻ ൌ െሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ ൅ ߤ‫ݑ‬ ‫ݑ‬ ሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ ‫ݍ‬ ൌ ൘ ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൅ ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ   ‫ݑ‬ ‫ݑ‬

 

With   expressions   for   the   two   multipliers   the   conditions   characterizing   the   optimal   menu   of   contracts   in   case  of  asymmetric  information  can  be  found.   First,  substituting  ߣ  into  ߲ࣦൗ ீ  to  get:  

߲݁

 

‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ‫ݍ‬ ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ƍ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ൘ ƍ ீ  (AS.G)   ൌ ‫ܧܧݍ‬ െ ‫ݒ‬ ൌ Ͳ ֞ ‫ܧܧ‬ ൌ ൗ ீ ƍ ீ ߲݁ ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሻ ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሻ  

Then  substitute  ߣ  and  ߤ  into  ߲ࣦൗ

߲݁ ஻  to  get:  

 

ሺͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ ‫ݍ‬ ‫ݍ‬ ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ߲ࣦൗ ሺͳ െቌ ൘ ƍ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൅ ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻቍ ݇‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൅ ൗ ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ߲݁ ஻ ൌ െ ‫ݍ‬ሻ‫ܧܧ‬ ‫ݑ‬ ‫ݑ‬ ‫ݑ‬  

ൌ Ͳ ฻  

‫ ܧܧ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ ݇‫ݒ‬

ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ

൘ ƍ ஻ ൅ ‫ݍ‬ൗͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሻ

ሺ݇ െ ͳሻ‫ ݒ‬ƍ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ൘     ‫ݑ‬ƍ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ

 

(AS.B)  

 

The  two  conditions  (AS.G)  and  (AS.B),  along  with  the  binding  constraints  (PC-­B)  and  (IC-­G)  characterize   the   optimal   menu   of   contracts.   Before   continuing   to   the   final   step   of   the   analysis,   the   consequences   of   asymmetric  information,  four  results  can  be  derived  from  the  optimal  menu  of  contracts.   1. The  good  type  earns  informational  rent.  This  means  that  in  order  to  make  the  good  agent  reveal  his   type   and   accept   the   contract   intended   for   him   he   must   be   paid   some   extra   rent   ±   an   informational   rent.   The   informational   rent   is   characterized   by   the   additional   rent   from   the   contract   on   top   of   the  reservation   utility   the   good  agent  obtains  and  is  given  by:    

143  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 ‫ ܴܫ‬ൌ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ܷ    

Since   (PC-­B)   binds   it   follows   that   ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ ܷ,   and   since   (IC-­G)   binds   it   follows   that   ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൌ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ.  Inserting  these  findings  in  the  expression  above  the  information  rent   becomes:      

‫ ܴܫ‬ൌ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ ൅ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ீ ሻ െ ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൅ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ฻   ‫ ܴܫ‬ൌ ሺ݇ െ ͳሻ‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൐ Ͳ  

   

2. The  demanded  effort  level  of  the  good  type  is  at  the  efficient  level.  This  follows  from  the  condition  that:  

‫ ܧܧ‬ᇱ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൌ

‫ ݒ‬ᇱ ሺ݁ ீ ሻ ൘ ᇱ ீ   ‫ ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬ሻ

 

which  is  equal  to  the  demanded  effort  level  from  the  good  type  under  symmetric  information.  The  fact  that   the  demanded  effort  level  is  not  distorted  away  from  its  optimal level  in  the  case  of  asymmetric  information  is  the   standard  result  within  HFRQRPLFVRILQIRUPDWLRQRI³QRGLVWRUWLRQDWWKHWRS´   3. The  effort  level  of  the  bad  type  is  distorted  downwards.  This  follows  from:  

‫ ܧܧ‬ᇱ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ ݇‫ݒ‬

ᇱ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ

൘ ᇱ ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ ൅ ‫ݍ‬ൗͳ െ ‫ݍ‬ ‫ݑ‬

ሺ݇ െ ͳሻ‫ ݒ‬ᇱ ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ൘ ‫ݑ‬ᇱ ሺ‫ ீ ݓ‬ሻ  

 

where  the  first  term  equals  the  optimal  level  from  the  symmetric  case.  Since  the  second  term  is  positive  it   is   the   case   that   the   total   expression   is   larger   than   the   expression   under   symmetric   information   and   since   ‫ ܧܧ‬ᇱ ൐ Ͳ  and  ‫ ܧܧ‬ᇱᇱ ൏ Ͳ  it  must  be  the  case  that  ݁ ஻  has  to  fall  below  the  optimal  level.   4. The  bad  type  earns  no  informational  rent  like  the  good  type  does.  This  result  follows  directly  from  the   (PC-­B),  which  binds:    

‫ݑ‬ሺ‫ ݓ‬஻ ሻ െ ݇‫ݒ‬ሺ݁ ஻ ሻ ൌ ܷ    

Consequences With  the  design  of  the  optimal  contract  presented  the  consequences  of  this  contract  must  be  assessed  as   well.  With  the  DV\PPHWULFLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKHDJHQWV¶W\SHVLQWURGXFHGLQWKHFRQWUDFWVLWEHFRPHVQHFHVVDU\IRU the  principal  to  pay  the  good  and  highly  productive  agents  an  informational  rent  in  order  to  make  them  reveal   their  type  by  accepting  the  contract  intended  for  them.  This  is  necessary  to  make  them  accept  a  contract  where   the  effort  is  higher  than  the  contract  intended  for  the  bad  types.  The  formal  cost  of  the  informational  rent  was   derived  above.  The  implication  is,  like  with  the  consequences  of  moral  hazard  deULYHGDERYHWKDWWKHSULQFLSDO¶V expected  compensation  costs  when  implementing  the  high  productivity  type  agents  is  increased.   More   generally,   a   likely   consequence   of   this   result   is   then   that   the   demand   for   high   type   agents   will   decrease   since   the   cost   of   engaging   them   has   increased.   With   fewer   good   type   agents   engaged   in   type-­G   contracts  the  outcome  cannot  be  efficient,  and  the  final  result  will  necessarily  be  a  low  and  inefficient  level   of   installed  energy  efficiency.  Note  that  this  gloomy  outlook  changes  only  if  the  principal  receives  a  return  on  his   investments   in   the   form   of   a   lower   energy   bill   such   that   that   the   total   life-­cycle   costs   of   energy   efficiency   measures  become  negative.     2.4. Conclusion This  part  has  illustrated  how  informational  asymmetries  can  impact  on  the  level  of  energy  efficiency.  The   more  severe  the  informational  asymmetries  are,  the  more  inefficient  the  outcome  and  thereby  a  more  inefficient   use  of  energy.  The  results  of  the  moral  hazard  and  adverse  selection  models  are  summarized  in  the  table  below.          

 

144  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism       First best

  Problem

  Second best

  Consequences

Table 1. 6XPPDU\RIWKHWKHRU\¶VLPSOLFDWLRQV     Moral hazard   Adverse selection

     Possible  to  contract  on  effort x    No  additional  cost  to  the  principal x  Most  efficient  outcome  =>  most  efficient   x   level  of  energy  efficiency    Not  possible  to  contract  on  effort x  If  not  possible  to  contract  on  outcome  =>   x   lowest  possible  effort  exerted  Inefficient  outcome  =>  inefficient  level  of   x   energy  efficiency

   Possible  to  contract  on  type ‡    No  additional  cost  to  the  principal ‡  Most  efficient  outcome  =>  most   ‡   efficient  level  of  energy  efficiency    Not  possible  to  contract  on  type ‡  If  not  possible  to  reveal  type  =>   ‡   only  low  effort  contracts  in  equilibrium  Inefficient  outcome  =>  inefficient   ‡   level  of  energy  efficiency

   Possible  to  contract  on  outcome x  Agent  is  exposed  to  risk  and  must  be   x compensated  =>  additional  cost  to  the     principal    Efficiency  improved  but  not  optimal x

   Possible  to  reveal  type ‡  Additional  cost  to  the  principal   ‡   from  informational  rent  to  the  good  type  Efficiency  improved  but  not   ‡   optimal

Additional  cost  to  the  principal  =>  more   x likely  that  principal  will  not  offer  high  effort   contract  =>  lower  level  of  energy  efficiency     installed    

 Additional  cost  to  the  principal   ‡ from  engaging  good  types  =>  more  likely   that  principal  will  not  contract  good  types     =>  lower  level  of  energy  efficiency  installed

,Q ERWK PRGHOV WKH SULQFLSDO¶V FRVW RI LPSOHPHQWLQJ D KLJK HQHUJ\ HIILFLHQF\ LQFUHDVHV ZLWK WKH informational  asymmetry,  be  it  as  an  insurance  payment  to  the  agent  for  taking  on  risk  as  in  the  moral  hazard   model,  or  be  it  as  an  additional  informational  rent  to  the  good  type  agents  as  in  the  adverse  selection  model.   Though   not   illustrated   formally,   since   functional   forms   are   needed   to   do   this,   the   likely   implication   is   that   the   installed  level  of  energy  efficiency  is  not  at  its  optimal  level,  which  adds  to  the  energy  efficiency  gap.   3. Evaluation of European policies The   first   part   of   this   article   illustrated   how   information   asymmetries   can   help   to   explain   prevailing   low   levels   of   energy   efficiency.   Based   on   the   presented   theory,   this   second   part   aims   at   evaluating   the   most   important   aspects   of   legislation   enacted   by   the   European   Union   within   energy   efficiency.   The   evaluation   will   assess  to  what  extent  the  existing  legislation  accommodates  the  described  two  types  of  agency  problems,  and   thereby  to  what  extent  the  legislation  accommodates  agency  barriers  to  energy  efficiency.  The  evaluation  is  kept   on   an   overall   level.   By   this   is   meant   a   level   which   addresses   the   overall   elements   and   implications   of   the   legislation,  without  diving  too  much  into  specific  details  and  without  conducting  any  additional  research  such  as   interviews  with  officials.   Since   all   EU   legislation   is   subject   to   the   principle   of   subsidiarity   according   to   art.   5   of   the   Treaty   establishing  the  European  Community  (TEC),  the  first  section  conducts  a  subsidiarity  test  of  energy  efficiency  as   an  EU  policy  area.  The  test  concludes  that  energy  efficiency  is  an  area  where  the  EU  can  legislate.  However,  the   extent  to  which  EU  can  legislate  is  more  blurred.  The  second  section  then  provides  a  brief  overview  of  the  main   elements   of   existing   EU   legislation   on   energy   efficiency.   The   third   section   evaluates   to   what   extent   existing   legislation  accommodates  agency  barriers,  whereas  the  fourth  section  makes  a  similar  evaluation  but  based  on   flanking  policies.  The  fifth  section  concludes.     3.1. Subsidiarity test of energy efficiency 5HJXODWLRQ DQG SXEOLF SROLFLHV DUH IURP DQ HFRQRPLVW¶V SRLQW RI YLHZ XVually   justified   in   policy   areas   where  market  failures  prevent  the  market  to  reach  the  most  efficient  outcome  on  its  own.  For  reasons  raised  in   the  introduction  and  the  barriers  which  are  the  topic  of  this  article,  energy  efficiency  is  usually  considered  to  be   such   a   policy   area.   For   the   remainder   of   this   part   it   is   therefore   assumed   that   public   policies   to   spur   energy   efficiency  are  in  general  legitimate.  From  a  European  point  of  view,  what  is  more  interesting  is  whether  and  to   what  extent  the  EU  should  legislate.  To  assess  the  subsidiarity  issue  this  section  conducts  a  five  step  subsidiarity   test  on  energy  efficiency  as  an  EU  policy  area  (Pelkmans  2006).   145  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 1. Is   energy   efficiency   an   area   of   shared   competences?   Yes,   very   likely   so.   Since   the   rational   use   of   natural   resources   is   determined   as   an   aim   of   the   EU   in   art.   174   of   the   TEC,   sustainable   development   is   acknowledged   in   art.   6   of   the   TEC   and   since   energy   efficiency   potentially   characterizes   essential   aspects   of   products  placed  on  the  Internal  Market,  energy  efficiency  can  be  considered  as  an  area  of  shared  competences.   2. Can  the  TEC  art.  5  ±  FULWHULDRQWKH³QHHG-­to-­act-­in-­FRPPRQ´EHDSSOLHG"71%  of  travellers  are  in  the  age  group  of  36  years  and  above.  There   was   some   variation   between  the   number   of  males   and   females  visiting   the   destination.   More   males   (54.36%)   visited  than  females  (45.64%)  denoting  an  8.72%  difference  in  gender  composition.  It  may  be  noted  that  majority   of  them  (46.28%)  belong  to  family  group.    Regarding  stay  <  45%  of  the  tourists  was  staying  for  one  to  two  days.   Only  13%  of  them  were  staying  more  than  three  days.  From  the  tourist  survey,  it  was  learnt  that  @'REULFHDQX06HOLúWHDQX'6XEĠLUHOX*DQG)XQGHDQX5Environment  Monitoring  -­  Techniques   and  Systems  in  Romanian.  Craiova,  Romania:  Universitaria  Publ.   [5]  Dochain,  D.  2008.  Automatic  Control  of  Bioprocesses.  ISTE  Publ.   [6]   Dochain,   D.,   and   Perrier,   M.   1992.   Adaptive   linearizing   control   of   activated   sludge   processes.   In:   Proc.   Control  Systems'92,  211-­215,  Whistler,  Canada.       185  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 [7]   Dochain,   D.,   and   Vanrolleghem,   P.   2001.   Dynamical   Modelling   and   Estimation   in   Wastewater   Treatment   Processes.  London,  UK:  IWA  Publishing.     [8]  Karnopp,  D.,  and  Rosenberg,  R.  1974.  System  Dynamics:  A  Unified  Approach.  New  York:  John  Wiley. [9]  Petre,  E.  2004.  Adaptive  control  of  a  recycled  depollution  bioprocess.  In:  Proc.   of  the  12th  Int.  Symposium   SIMSIS  12,  127-­*DODĠL5RPDQLD >@3HWUH(DQG6HOLúWHDQX'Modelling  and  Identification  of  Depollution  Bioprocesses  in  Romanian.   Craiova,  Romania:  Universitaria  Publ. >@6HOLúWHDQX'5RPDQ0DQGùHQGUHVFX'3VHXGR%RQG*UDSK0RGHOOLQJDQG2Q-­line  Estimation   of  Unknown  Kinetics  for  a  Wastewater  Biodegradation  Process,   Simulation  Modelling  Practice  and  Theory   18(9):  1297±1313.   >@ 6HOLúWHDQX ' 3HWUH ( ùHQGUHVFX ' DQG 5RPDQ 0  High-­Gain   Observers   for   Estimation   of   Kinetics  in  Batch  and  Continuous  Bioreactors.  In:  Mathematical  Chemistry,  Series:  Chemistry  Research  and   Applications.  Nova  Science  Publ.   [13]  Thoma,  J.  1975.  Introduction  to  Bond  Graphs  and  Their  Applications.  Oxford:  Pergamon  Press.  

 

186  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism

IMPACT OF THE RISK MANAGMENT AND QUALITY IN TOURISM TRENDS

 

                                                                                         

Fatos UKAJ University  in  Prishtina,  Pejë,  Kosovo     Faculty  of  Applied  Science  in  Business,                [email protected]    

Abstract In  this  paper,  the  uncertainty  and  risk  are  being  treated  as  a  result  of  the  unsatisfactory  situation  in  the  country's   tourist  industry  and  in  neighboring  countries  that   affect  the  level  and  direction  of  developments  in  tourism  now  and  in  the   future.   Not   a   favorable   environment   such   as:   political   and   security   situation,   ecological   problems,   the   situation   with   the   epidemic  and  other  health  problems,  inappropriate  economic  development  and  unfavorable  situation  in  all  field  of  traffic,  are   among  the  factors  of  the  environment  to  be  analyzed  in  order  to  come  to  conclusions  about  the  current  situation  and  their   LPSDFW RQ WKH GHYHORSPHQW RI WRXULVW LQGXVWU\ LQ .RVRYR 1RZ GD\¶V Wourism   is   treated   as   an   economical   activity   with   a   FRQVWDQWJURZWKDOORYHUWKHZRUOGWKLVLVDOVRH[SHFWHGIRU.RVRYR¶VWRXULVPDQGQHDUE\FRXQWULHVIRUFRPLQJSHULRGVRI time.   In   some   developed   countries   tourism   is   treated   as   an   important   exporter   and   in   meantime   as   an   absorber   of   labor   force   and   this   branch   is   important   for   softening   unemployment.     Management   with   total   quality   in   tourist   industry   and   catering  has  its  own  specifics.  A  big  attention  should  be  paid  to  standards  that  have  to  do  with  quality  and  insured  goods   supplied  to  hotels,  and  those  provided  in  tourism.  Quality  care  is  being  placed  in  the  first  place,  in  wholesale  of  successful   touristic  enterprises.  Here  it  should  be  noticed  the  fact  that  there  is  a  liaison  between  the  quality,  consumers  pleasure  and   consumers  loyalty.  

Keywords:  tourism,  risk  management,  quality,  standards,  development    

JEL Classiffication:  D81,  L83    

1. Introduction Kosovo   can   make   a   bigger   progression   to   increase   tourist   number   not   just   during   the   main   season   of   tourism   (counting   3   months   of   summer)   but   also   during   the   rest   of   the   year.   In   country   tourism   and   in   the   decisions  of  tourists  and  tourist  enterprises,  uncertainty,  risk  and  insecurity  have  a  greater  impact.  Uncertainty   and  insecurity  arise  as  a  lack  of  a  basis  to  estimate  the  important  events  and  events  for  enterprise,  while  risk   contains  the  chance  occurrence  or  incidence  of  an  unwanted  event  (for  ex.  the  loss  in  business)  or  desirable   event  (to  have  profit  in  business)  (Hoti  2008).  A  great  concentration  of  risk  is  not  always  harmful,  and  it  depends   on  perception  rather  than  institutions,  but  enterprises  also  tend  to  develop  activities  which  face  the  risk.  Here  we   have   the   problem   because   most   of   enterprises   and   institutions   have   not   compiled   any   of   their   strategies   for   dealing  with  risk.  In  this  project  total  quality  is  described  in  tourism  and  hospitality.  Management  of  total  quality  is   one   of   the   managing   models   that   apply   in   business   of   enterprises   in   order   of   application,   maintenance   and   progression  of  service  quality  and  tourist  product  also.  Starting  from  the  description  of  tourism  and  its  quality  we   pass  to  standards  that  are  applied  in  hospitality  and  tourism,  variety  and  types  of  quality  and  its  development,   contributing  the  growth  of  business.  The  future  of  the  hospitality  is  in  small  hotels  that  will  be  the  pillar  of  tourism   development.   However   what   should   be   suggested   is   caution   to   safety   standards   and   health   maintenance   of   guests  in  hotels.  A  great  attention  should  be  paid  to  standards  dealing  with  quality  and  safety  of  goods  supplied   in   hotels.   Certainly   that   conclusion   is,   that   tourism   and   hospitality   to   the   Kosovo   have   a   perspective,   but   this   should  be  achieved  by  efforts  to  reach  standards  and  total  quality,  and  the  most  important  is  that  once  they  are   achieved  they  should  be  maintained  and  consistently  introduced  to  innovations.  In  project  we  used  deductive  and   inductive  methods.    

2. Risk in tourism In  fact  it  is  proved  that  tourism  as  a  branch  of  the  economy  is  very  vulnerable  to  risk  and  uncertainty  in  the   environment   in   which   it   conducts   its   activities,   and   that   tourism   is   continuously   subject   exogenous   and   endogenous  shocks,  which  are  of  an  intensity  higher  or  lower  at  various  times.  For  this  reason,  to  be  able  to   develop  tourism  it  is  important  that  such  preconditions  are  met,  such  as:  quiet  and  stable  political  and  security   environment,   the   satisfactory   ecologically   environment,   satisfactory   level   of   health   state,   positive   economic   indicator,   incorporation   of   technological   and   technical   innovations,   especially   in   traffic.   From   these   conditions   mentioned,  the  first  three  are  related  to  safety  of  tourists,  while  the  last  two  conditions  are  related  to  the  fact  that   187  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 they  have  contributed  that  tourism  to  be  a  phenomenon  of  global  dimensions.  The  strategy  toward  Risk  should   be  defined  by  the  top  management,  but  in  most  cases  it  is  sporadically  formulated  based  on  daily  management   decisions  that  have  to  do  mainly  about  finance,  but  also  other  affairs.  It  is  known  that  different  managers  have  a   different  approach  to  risk,  which  often  brings  to  the  situation  when  the  enterprise  cannot  be  leaded  easy.  The   objective  of  the  enterprise  and  the  institution  that  pays  attention  to  risk  management  is  to  identify  measure  and   evaluate  risk  in  every  unit  of  itself,  and  provide  an  integrated  and  consistent  approach  to  risk  at  the  level  of  the   whole  enterprise  or  institution.  Structure  that  manages  the  risk  will  also  depend  on  the  type  of  business  in  which   the  enterprise  is  in.  In  large  enterprises  each  unit  should  have  the  management  function  with  the  risk.  In  small   enterprises,  this  function  will  be  at  the  level  of  the  whole  enterprise.  To  be  able  to  successfully  manage  the  risk,   four   elements   should   be   assured,   which   are:   to   have   skilled   personnel,   to   separate   the   tasks,   to   identify   individual   responsibility   clearly,   to   have   accountability.    Tourism   safety   and   security   refer   to   protection   of   life,   health,   physical   integrity,   psychological   and   economic   visitors,   tourism   staff   and   people   who   are   part   of   the   receiving   community,   and   also   includes   review   of   security   interests   by   visitors-­tourists,(Quality   and   trade   in   tourism).  Carefulness  for  tourists  has  been  shown  in  the  late  20th  century  when  the  number  of  tourists  risk  has   been   increased,   during   the   trip   or   during   the   stay   in   tourist   destination.  The   issue   of   security   brings   tourist   policies  at  priorities  of  each  subject  that  are  as  part  of  the  overall  tourism  offer.  Starting  from  enterprises  and   continuing  by  government  institutions  all  of  them  are  devoted  to  the  care  about  security,  because  security  is  as   guarantee  to  increases  number  of  visitors  and  the  probability  to  increase  visits  to  most  of  tourist  destinations.   Tourists  mostly  are  concerned  for  their  physical  safety,  which  is  of  great  importance  during  any  political  crisis,  or   crises   caused   by   war.   Nowadays   terrorism   is   a   threat   to   physical   safety   of   tourists.   Fear   and   uncertainty       to   visitors  especially  in  hospitality  bring  possibility  of  fire,  etc.  The  health  of  tourists  is  in  risk  also  by  the  inadequate   hygienic  conditions,  which  cause  the  appearance  of  many  diseases.  But  far  more  dangerous  to  life  and  security   of  tourists  are  appearances  of  ecologically  disastrous  situations,  and  various  epidemics  that  often  appear  jointly.   In   response   to   crisis   situations   as   they   were   terrorist   attacks   in   New   York   in   2001,   the   World   Tourism   Organization  (WTTC)  have  compiled  a  ACTION  PLAN  which  will  be  of  help  to  businesses  and  institutions  active   in   the   tourism,   also   for   tourist   destinations   will   be   of   help   in   order   that   quickly   and   efficiently   to   overcome   situations  of  crisis  and  to  restore  confidence  of  tourists  (Travel  &  Tourism  security  action  plan  2003).  In  this  guide   of  WTTC  is  noted  that  whatever  the  nature  of  crisis  is,  the  same  way  of  solving  her  will  be  applied,  and  that  these   measures   would   include:   Communication,   Promotion,   Security   and   insurance,   researching   the   market.   Here   further  is  recommended  that  in  cases  of  crisis  the  measures  will  have  to  be  adequate  and  it  includes:  Before  the   crisis-­so  that  actors  should  always  be  required  to  be  prepared  for  the  worst  situation,  during  the  problem-­in  order   to  achieve  to  reduce  the  negative  effects  of  the  crisis.  Immediately  after  the  crisis -­  this  in  order  to  achieve  to   restore  the  confidence  of  tourists.  Risk  management  process  involves  several  stages  such  as:  risk  analysis,  risk   assessment,  risk  management,  information  feedback.  Enterprise  and  institutions  need  to  have  care  that  in  risk   management   must   be   involved   individuals   who   have   knowledge,   skills   and   experience   in   conducting   these   activities.   Here   we   are   dealing   with   knowledge   about   tourism   and   its   activities   and   management   and   risk   management  techniques.  Areas  of  risk  in  tourism  include:  abuse  (physical,  emotional,  sexual,  or  financial,  etc),   personal,  injury,  medical,  environmental,  property,  financial,  image.  Risk  management  helps  enterprises  involved   in   tourism   activities   to:   enhance   the   quality   of   the   service   delivered,     promote   accountability   to   clients   and   society,  enhance  the  safety  of  clients,  identify  and  reduce  or  eliminate  potentially  harmful  situations,  avoid  liability   situations  that  could  impact  significantly  on  an  enterprise  financial  stability  and  image,  install  client  confidence  in   the   organization   and   its   services,   and   reduce   insurance   claims   and   satisfy   insurers   that   the   enterprise   is   risk   conscious.   Continuous   Risk   Management   process   includes:   identification   of   risk,   prioritization   of   risk,   development   of   strategies   to   address   risk,   establishment   of   indicators   and   targets   for   monitoring   success   in   managing   risk,   collection   and   analysis   of   data   to   determine   success   in   managing   risk,   and   implementation   of   continuous  quality  improvement,  to  improve  strategies  to  manage  risk.  Management  in  tourism  is  a  very  specific   as   are   tourism   (hospitality   and   catering)   activities   which   incorporate   the   products   and   services.   Management   coordinates  in  order  to  achieve  the  common  interests  of  all  starting  from  the  employees,  owners  and  tourists.   Fulfilling  desires  and  needs  of  tourists  with  avoiding  risk  situations  is  one  of  the  objectives  of  all  employed  and   involved  in  the  tourism  industry.    

3.  Quality management in tourism Many   individuals   have   contributed   on   the   analysis   and   implementation   of   quality   management,   among   them  is  Deming,  Juran,  and  Krosby.  Philosophy  of  quality  management  of  Deming  who  is  mentioned  constantly   when  fundamental  principles  of  quality  management  are  stressed.  It  is  knowQWKHWKHRU\RI³&KDLQ5HDFWLRQ´RI

 

188  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Deming   which  states   that   the   highest   quality   leads   to   a   higher   productivity   which   in   turn   leads   to   a   long-­term   competitive  strength  (Nakuci  2009).     Quality  Improvment   Reduce  costs,  no  need  for  reworks,  with  fewer  errors,  reduce  delays  and  difficulties  and  better  used  time  and   materials.   Improve  productivity,   Conquer  the  market  with  better  quality  and  lower  process   Persist  in  the  business   Provides  work  now,  and  more  Works  for  future    

 

Figure 1.  Chain  Reaction  of  Deming  

 

Whereas  J.M.  Juran  centralizes  WKHTXDOLW\LVVXHLQWKUHHPDMRUDVSHFWVFDOOHGDV³7KH7ULORJ\RI4XDOLW\´ planning   of   quality,   control   of   quality,   and   improvement   of   quality.   Therefore   this   author   considers   the   management  of  quality  of  primary  importance  as  a  management  component  in  all  enterprises  (Nakuci  2009).   Being  a  service  activity,  tourism  contributes  to  life  quality  because  it  makes  people  happier  and  healthier   in  general.    The  management  of  total  quality  in  the  tourist  industry,  with  its  branch  catering,  has  its  own  specifics,   being   also   related   to   the   characteristics   of   provided   services   in   tourism   alongside   with   the   products   in   other   economical   activities.   The   characteristics   of   tourist   services   are:   inviolability   (immaterial),   short-­term,   isochronous,  diversity.  Except  these  general  characteristics  listed  above,  the  tourist  and  catering  services  have   their  own  specific  features,  considering  the  diversity  of  the  tourist  product  provided  at  present,  but  also  there  is   the  diversity  of  those  who  on  the  other  side  use  the  tourist   product.  The  tourist  product  is  defined  as  a  set  of   heterogeneous  products  and  services,  such  as  hotels,  restaurants,  market,  transport,  tourist  attractions,  cultural   and   historical   inheritance,   etc.   whereas   the   local   population   and   the   economy   of   the   country   are   considered   factors  too.  All  such  products  and  services,  defined  as  tourist  products,  must  be  subject  to  the  aim  of  achieving   higher  quality  because  their  users  are  increasingly  being  refined  in  their  demands  and  increase  their  demand  for   higher  quality.  Therefore,  those  who  deal  with  this  activity  are  always  trying  to  get  to  satisfy  the  demand,  but  also   to  exceed  the  expectations  of  tourists,  because  they  are  aware  that  there  is  competition  in  this  market.  Indeed,   quality  is  becoming  the  main  and  decisive  factor  for  efficient  competition  of  enterprises  in  the  tourist  market.  The   users,  costumers,  or  briefly  defined  as  tourists,  want  to  receive  quality,  so  the  enterprises  with  their  tourist  offers   manage   with   quality   and  have   to   control   it   continuously.   It   is   normal   to   learn   from  leading   countries   in   quality   management   such   as   USA,   Sweden,   and   Switzerland.   The   meaning   of   the   word   quality   now   days   is   multiple   because   it   is   composed   of   many   elements,   which   come   out   from   various   qualities   of   different   goods   and   services,  activities,  use  benefits  and  values,  the  manner  of  use,  the  significance  it  is  given  by  the  users,  etc.  This   quality   of   goods   and   services   is   formed   in   all   phases   of   their   life   cycles,   beginning   from   the   researches   and   developments  up  to  their  exploitation.  All  the  phases  during  which  the  product  quality  is  formed  are  introduced  as   the   components   of   structure   of   the   goods   or   the   service   itself,   and   they   are   known   in   theory   as   functions   of   quality.   Each   quality   functions   represent   a   composed   entirety   which   is   built   of   more   specific   units,   and   which   impacts  in  the  quality  of  that  good  or  service.    All  the  functions  are  interrelated  with  each  other  and  often  there  is   no  difference  or  limit  between  them,  and  at  the  same  time  they  are  all  under  the  impact  of  internal  and  external   factors.  The  elements  of  the  quality  of  goods  or  a  service,  such  as  wine,  are:  color,  clearness,  taste  and  flavor,   whereas   the   elements   to   ascertain   the   quality   of   a   restaurant   could   be:   the   architecture   of   the   building,   hospitability,  table,  the  menu,  service  and  personnel,  food,  drinks,  the  bill,  and  behavior  with  guests.  Therefore   each  of  the  elements  forms  a  part  of  the  overall  quality  of  the  wine  and  restaurant.  This  resulted  on  ranking  the   quality  and  leads  to  the  competition  between  companies  trying  to  be  the  best,  the  first  and  the  biggest,  aiming  to   create  a  competitive  advantage  within  the  market  where  they  operate.  Whereas  the  ranking  method  and  the  way   of  expressing  the  level  of  quality  may  be  different,  one  of  those  could  be:  counting  the  number  of  starts,  numbers   189  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 or   different   figures.   Also,   the   price   plays   a   role   in   the   quality   level,   whether   it   is   expensive   or   cheap   it   is   an   indicator  of  high  or  low  quality.  As  far  as  the  quality  is  concerned,  it  is  enabled  by  identifying  the  brand  of  the   Hotel  (Holiday  In)  or  the  air  company  (Austrian).  Now  days,  the  quality  could  be  identified  based  on  revenues,  as   one  of  the  economic  targets  of  the  enterprises,  including  the  adoption  of  a  management  system  with  the  total   quality  and  it  is  estimated  to  be  reasonable  and  successful  if  they  manage  to  boost  their  revenues  and  decrease   expenditures  which  results  in  profit  generation.    Regardless  of  whether  we  are  dealing  with  the  manufacturing  or   service  enterprise,  the  quality  has  to  be  always  in  the  main  focus  of  those  who  design  the  business  policies  of  an   HQWHUSULVH7KLVLVEHFDXVHWKHTXDOLW\LVDVVRFLDWHGZLWKPDQ\SURGXFWHOHPHQWVWKDWDLPWRVDWLVI\FXVWRPHUV¶ needs.   If   we   take   the   case   of   catering   services,   or   catering   tourist   product,   than   we   are   aware   about   the   important  role  of  users  or  tourists  about  the  tourist  offer,  because  in  this  case  they  are  treated  as  an  integral  part   of  that  certain  tourist  product.  Out  of  these  assessments,  we  can  estimate  that  for  tourist  enterprises  the  user  or   WRXULVWLV WKH PRVW YDOXDEOH SDUW RI WKHFRPSDQ\¶V DVVHWVDQG IURPWKLV LW UHVXOWV WKDWWKH FRPSDQ\¶VVWUDWHJLF orientation  for  the  quality  of  offer  will  bring  them  a  competitive  advantage  in  the  market.  The  quality  of  tourist  and   catering   product   must   be   advanced   as   result   of   adoption   towards   the   changes   which   increasingly   are   more   dynamic  as  far  as  the  demand  is  concerned.  A  large  differentiation  is  happening  between  market  segments,  and   such  quality  will  help  to  find  the  appropriate  position  within  the  market.  A  clear  position  of  Kosovo  tourist  product   as   a   whole   as   well   as   in   parts   will   enable   a   definition   of   all   those   segments   during   the   process   of   strategic   management  within  the  tourism  industry.  Kosovo  tourism  during  the  recent  period  is  striving  to  follow-­up  tourism   development   trends   in   the   region   as   well   as   the   global   level   developments.   Having   into   account   the   role   of   tourism  and  the  environment  in  which  the  tourist  industry  is  located,  it  is  heading  towards  stable  markets,  but   also  towards  new  ways  of  provision  of  supply,  which  requires  creation  of  new  tourist  products.  When  dealing  with   stable  market  in  such  cases  everything  has  to  be  done  to  enhance  the  quality  level  of  Kosovo  tourist  products  in   terms   of   overall   product   as   well   as   for   its   components.   The   highest   quality   of   the   existing   location   requires   focusing  towards  users  or  tourists  of  certain  segments  to  whom  it  is  necessary  to  provide  a  package  containing   units   that   are   related   to   the  system   which   would   create   the   certain   product.   An   example   for   this   could   be   the   relation   of   destinations   located   in   Dukagjini   area   (Dukagjini   Plain)   in   an   arrangement   that   would   reflect   the   highest   existing   quality.   In   other   destinations   that   are   usually   smaller   and   have   a   limited   capacity   to   accept   a   smaller  number  of  users  or  tourists,  in  such  cases  the  tourist  product  can  be  associated  with  the  new  forms  of   tourism  such  eco  tourism,  which  is  correlated  with  the  tradition  and  folklore,  new  products  from  the  rural  areas   and  naturally  preserved  beauty  sites.  New  destinations  themselves  create  new  tourist  products,  which  in  order  to   meet  the  sustainable  principles  of  the  product  need  to  be  subject  of  several  phases  that  form  a  part  of  it,  and   which  requires  a  continuous  attention  towards  the  quality.  As  a  first  plan  derive  opportunities  for  accommodation,   meal  and  activities  not  included  in  the  package.  In  this  case  it  is  very  important  that  a  large  number  of  those   DFWLYLWLHVWKDWFRQVWLWXWH³FRVWVQRWLQFOXGHGLQWKHSDFNDJH´ZKLFKSXWVDQDttention  to  its  structure  including  the   gastronomy,   hospitality,   entertainment,   which   will   largely   be   a   result   of   possibilities   of   that   certain   destination.   Whereas   in   the   second   plan   takes   place   the   infrastructure   of   the   tourist   offer,   which   needs   to   be   uniform   throughout   Kosovo.   This   applies   to   the   roads,   water   supply   and   wastewater,   power   supply   which   serves   to   facilitate   the   arrival   and   provides   pleasure   to   tourists   during   their   stay,   and   will   create   an   opportunity   to   such   tourists  to  not  force  them  in  changing  their  lifestyle  and  habits.  Construction  of  sport  areas,  different  ethnological,   entertaining  and  other  entertaining  facilities  will  enable  the  tourists  to  be  creative  while  spending  their  vacation.   The  third  plan  of  tourist  product  shall  contain  its  own  establishment  starting  from  collection  of  its  own  elements   up  to  distribution  and  usage  by  tourists.  In  this  stage  a  main  role  will  be  played  by  management  and  leadership   covering  all  stages  of  this  tourist  product  up  to  the  creation  of  its  own  brand,  which  will  be  known  and  present   within  the  offer  of  the  operators  throughout  the  world.  The  forth  plan  constitutes  the  creation  of  tourist  product   that  mainly  depends  from  the  policies  and  the  government  as  a  player  involved  in  its  creation.  In  order  to  provide   a  shape  to  a  tourist  product  it  is  necessary  to  achieve  a  full  coordination  amongst  the  monetary  policies,  tourist   organization,  visa  regime,  agreements  for  tourist  movements  from  one  place  to  another,  etc.  Indeed,  this  is  the   most   sensitive   and   complex   area   when   creating   a   tourist   product   in   Kosovo.   As   far   as   the   quality   part   is   concerned,   in   Kosovo   this   needs   to   be   in   compliance   with   the   European   level   approved   standards,   such   as   ISO9000,   ISO14000,   ISO14002,   etc.   In   terms   of   adjustment   of   quality   this   needs   to   be   done   by   referring   to   international   quality   standards   that  are   determined   under   the   WTO,   UNEP,   European   Commission,   for   certain   types   of   tourism,   gastronomical   standards,   laws   and   regulations   adopted   in   Kosovo.   Kosovo   tourist   product   quality  needs  to  be  a  product  which  the  user  respectively  the  tourist  demands  and  is  ready  to  pay  for  it.    

 

190  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism 4. Kosovo tourist product Kosovo   has   an   area   of   10,908   km2   and   over   2,000,000   inhabitants.   It   lies   in   the   center   of   Western   Balkans,   and   is   crossed   by   important   roads   linking   this   part   of   the   Balkan   Peninsula   in   Western   Europe   and   Eastern  Europe  (Government  and  KOTAS,  and  GTZ  2008).   Looking  from  the  tourism  aspect,  Kosovo  is  divided  into  five  tourism  regions:   -­  Central  region  of  Prishtina;;   -­  Tourist  region  of  Albanian  Alps  (Cursed  Mountains);;   -­  Sharr-­tourist  region;;   -­  Anamorava-­tourist  region;;   -­  Mitrovica  Tourist  region  &  Shale  of  Bajgora.   Depending  from  the  constituting  elements,  the  characteristics  of  Kosovo  tourist  product  can  be  divided  in   several  groups:     -­   the   future   development   of   Kosovo   tourist   product   will   be   associated   with   the   enhancement   of   quality   level  of  local  values,  (experience,  tradition,  and  heritage).     -­  Kosovo  tourist  product  is  a  composition  of  mainly  physical,  economical,  social,  political  and  ecological   elements;;  therefore  it  is  a  multifactor  and  completed  product.     -­  this  tourist  product  it  increasingly  based  upon  scientific-­technical  achievements,  and  will  adopt  the  new   technologies  to  provide  satisfaction  to  tourists,  which  derives  as  a  result  of  Kosovo  local  values  on  which  this   tourist  product  was  earlier  established.        

 

   

Figure 2.    $QLOOXVWUDWLRQRIWKHVXVWDLQDEOHGHYHORSPHQWDFFRUGLQJWRFRPSDQ\³6FKPLGW´  

Kosovo  tourist  product  must  contain  parts  of  the  products  of  the  regions  and  localities,  in  order  to  make   the   development   of   tourist   industry   to   be   in   service   of   national   objectives   for   economic   growth,   whereby   to   become  a  part  of  the  national  economical  system.  Creation  of  the  tourist  product  is  a  blend  of  quantity,  quality   and   continuity   of   the   tourist   offer   throughout   the   country.   Therefore   this   tourist   product   focuses   on   the   improvement  of  structures  of  the  existing  destinations,  or  in  other  words  known  as  old  destinations,  adopting  new   standards  for  each  offer  element  by  aiming  to  create  a  distinctive  mark  in  all  levels  it  is  exposed.    Other  trends  in   global  market  make  Kosovo  tourism  to  be  focus  on  the  formation  of  the  so-­called  sustainable  development  which   defines  the  demand  to  create  a  sustainable  tourist  product,  in  economical,  social  and  ecological  aspect,  in  order   to   prevent   and   avoid   degeneration   of   tourist   destinations,   by   providing   a   new   quality   to   the   tourist   offer.   Sustainable   economic   development   of   a   country   can   be   achieved   in   cooperation   with   the   governmental   institutions   and   economic   entities.   This   cooperation   needs   to   be   based   in   its   three   components,   economy,   HFRORJ\ DQG FRXQWU\¶V VRFLHW\ 7KHVH WKUHH GLPHQVLRQV RI VXVWDLQDEOH GHYHORSPHQW KDYH D FRQWLQXRXV DQG 191  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 mutual  interaction  by  supplementing  each  other  (Ebner,  and  Baumgartner   7KHFRPSDQ\FLWHG³6FKPLGW´ has   adopted   in   its   business   and   determined   the   sustainable   development   as  one   of  the   ways   to  contribute   in   environment   protection.     Quality,   environmental   preservation   and   safety   at   work   contribute   to   the   3   pillars   of   sustainable   development   (Schmidt   2009).   Each   is   dependent   on   the   other   2   to   ensure   the   equilibrium   of   the   whole  structure.  Therefore  we  talk  of  an  Integrated  Management  System (IMS). The  sustainable  tourist  product   not  only  includes  physical  components  of  the  tourist  destinations  which  are  also  protected  areas,  but  the  entirety   of   cultural-­historical   values   and   natural   beauty   of   those   destinations.   In   order   to   determine   the   quality   of   sustainable  tourism  product  in  the  country  level,  the  identification  and  logging  of  all  parts  must  be  done  based  on   their  own  value  (Ukaj  2010).  Afterwards  this  tourist  product  can  be  defined  whether  it  will  satisfy  the  quantity  and   quality  part  of  the  user-­tourist,  which  is  an  objective  of  each  enterprise.     5. Conclusion In   future   thanks   to   image   acquired   and   the   reputation   of   a   totally   peaceful   and   safe   tourist   country,   combined  with  a  successfully  implemented  marketing  activities  as  well  as  significant  improvement  of  here  tourist   offer,  Kosovo  will  certainly  begin  to  realize  the  increase  of  visits  from  all  markets.  In  order  to  rapidly  develop  the   tourist  offer  of  the  regions  and  Kosovo  as  a  whole,  the  development  concept  has  to  be  viewed  in  both  micro  and   macro  aspects.  In  micro  level  it  is  necessary  to  appropriately  identify  and  plan  the  development  of  micro  tourist   locations  throughout  the  regions.   In  macro  level  it  is  necessary  to:     ƒ draft,   identify  and   plan   the  correlation  of   tourist   micro  locations   in   regional   tourist   destinations   and   in   country  level;;   ƒ identify   and   plan   supporting   activities   that   aim   to   develop   tourism   (risk   management,   quality,   cleanliness,  traffic,  legislation,  etc.);;   ƒ plan  and  support  development  of  tourist  catering  capacities  and  supplementary  tourist  contents  (hotels,   motels,  canteens,  camping,  restaurants,  bars  etc.),  which  is  a  precondition  for  the  tourism  development.     It   is   not   preferred   to   be   based   on   positive   emotions   of   spenders-­visitors   towards   the   existing   offer,   in   terms  of  coming  up  to  the  saturation  of  the  tourist  offer;;  therefore  it  is  necessary  to  pay  more  attention  to  the   long-­term   quality   of   services.   Necessarily,   risk   management   and   quality   in   tourism   should   be   the   focus   of   attention   of   players   involved   in   Kosovo   tourism,   making   continuous   efforts   to   update   or   build   more   innovative   ways  of  providing  services  in  tourism.   From  this  it  results  that:   ƒ Risk  management  helps  enterprises  involved  in  tourism  activities  to:  enhance  the  quality  of  the  service   delivered,   promote   accountability   to   clients   and   society,   enhance   the   safety   of   clients,   identify   and   reduce   or   eliminate  potentially  harmful   situations,  avoid  liability  situations  that  could  impact  significantly  on  an  enterprise   financial  stability  and  image,  install  client  confidence  in  the  organization  and  its  services,  and  reduce  insurance   claims  and  satisfy  insurers  that  the  enterprise  is  risk  conscious;;   ƒ Continuous  Risk  Management  process  includes:  identification  of  risk,  prioritization  of  risk,  development   of   strategies  to   address   risk,  establishment   of   indicators   and   targets   for   monitoring   success  in   managing   risk,   collection  and  analysis  of  data  to  determine  success  in  managing  risk,  and  implementation  of  continuous  quality   improvement,  to  improve  strategies  to  manage  risk;;   ƒ Quality  needs  to  be  start  and  end  point  of  each  action-­activity  to  be  undertaken  currently  and  those  to   be  undertaken  in  the  future;;   ƒ It  is  necessary  to  make  efforts  in  reaching  a  better  possible  quality  for  products-­services  that  constitute   the  tourist  offer  within  the  tourism-­catering  market,  which  is  increasingly  becoming  more  selective  and  refined;;     ƒ It  is  necessary  to  create  and  establish  a  staQGDUGZLWKLQEXVLQHVVWKDWZLOOFRPSLOH³4XDOLW\RI5HJLRQDO 9DOXHV´ WR VWDQGDUGL]H WKH TXDOLW\ RI SURGXFWV-­VHUYLFHV WKDW ZLOO IDFLOLWDWH DQG FUHDWH WKH LPDJH RI .RVRYR¶V Tourist  Offer  and  other  related  issues.     Creation  and  implementation  of  the  quality  standards  is  an  urgent  task,  and  an  invitation  to  all  businesses   and  institutions.  Exchange  of  experiences  from  abroad  and  with  countries  in  the  region  and  wider  should  work   through  cooperation  in  permanent  basis  which  will  enable  the  balance  of  knowledge   and  skills,  especially  with   the  countries  in  the  region  that  provide  similar  tourist  offers.   Building  and  developing  of  tourism  offer  either  in   concentrated  way  or  in  distributed  way  from  case  to  case,  but  its  level  firstly  should  be  based  on  fulfilling  the   conditions  of  current  users  of  tourism  offer  and  hospitality,  but  also  maximum  should  be  given  in  order  that  this   RIIHURIJHRJUDSKLFUHJLRQVRI.RVRYRDVDµ¶WRXULVWGHVWLQDWLRQ¶¶FDQILQGWKHULJKWSODFHLQ   ƒ Tourist  Offer  of  Kosovo;;  

 

192  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism ƒ Tourist  Offer  of  Western  Balkan  Region;;   ƒ Global  offer  of  tourist  market.   Based   on   these   findings,   it   appears   that   it   is   necessary   to   conduct   an   intensive   research   about   the   updates  and   events   occurring   in   tourism   markets.   This  should   be   a   broader   activity   and   managed  properly   in   IRUPDWLRQPDLQWDLQLQJDQGGHYHORSLQJWRXULVWSURGXFWVEXLOWRQWKHSULQFLSOHVRI³TXDOLW\´EDVHGRQLQIRUPDWLRQ collected  from  interdisciplinary  analysis  and  inter-­sector  cooperation.    

References [1]  Nakuci,  V.  2009.  Menaxhimi  i  Cilësisë.    Tiranë.   [2]      Kotler,  P.,  and  Keller,  K.L.³2006.  Marketing  Managment.  Pearson  Education  Inc,  New  Jersey.     [3]   Juran,  J.M.,  and  Gryna,  F.M.  1993.  Planiranje  i  Analiza  Kvalitete-­od  razvoja  proizvoda  do  upotrebe.  Mate,   Zagreb.   [4]   Hoti,  I.  2008.  Industria  e  Sigurimeve  dhe  Menaxhimi  i  Rrezikut.  Instituti  I  Inxhinierisë  Financiare  për  Bankë   dhe  Sigurime,  Tiranë.    [5]   Ebner,  D.,  and  Baumgartner,  R.J.  2006.  The  relationship  between  Sustainable  Development  and  Corporate   Social  Responsibility.  www.crrconference.org   [6]   Ukaj,  F.  Support  of  Small  -­  Medium  Size  Enterprises  (SME)  -­  Opportunity  for  Kosovo  to  Overcome  Economic   Crisis.   First   on-­line   International   conference   ³:RUOG¶V (FRQRPLHV ,Q DQG $IWHU Crisis:   Challenges,   Threats   DQG2SSRUWXQLWLHV´-­WECTO,  2010.    ASERS  Publishing,  http://www.asers.eu/asers-­publishing   [7]   Ukaj,   F.   2010. Marketing   Concept   as   a   tool   for   Development   of   Tourism   in   Kosovo.   Journal   of                 Environmental  Management  and  Tourism  (JEMT),  Volume  1  Issue1:57-­62.   [8]   Ukaj,   F.   Trashëgimia   kulturore   dhe   historike   si   potencial   i   zhvillimit   të   turizmit-­   me   fokus   në   regjionet   e   Kosovës  /Cultural  and  historical  heritage  in  Kosova  as  a  potential  for  development  of  tourism  -­  focus  on  the   Kosova   regions´ University   Library   of   Munich,   Germany   in   its   series     MPRA   Paper  with   number   2159,   http://mpra.ub.uni-­muenchen.de/21509/   [9]        Ministry  of  Trade  and  Industry,  Tourism  Department,  www.visitkosova.org   [10]  Travel&  Tourism  security  action  plan   http://www.wttc.org/bin/pdf/original_pdf_file/securityactionplan2003fullreport.pdf   [11]    4HYHULD H .RVRYsV .RWDV *7= ´3URMHNWHW H 3URGXNWLW 7XULVWLN Qs 5DMRQLn   Turistik   të   Bjeshkëve   të   Nemuna(Alpeve  Shqiptare),  Prishtinë,  2008:  3-­37.                  http://www.visitkosova.org/repository/docs/prospekti_shqip.pdf     [12]  Quality  and  trade  in  tourism,  www.world-­travel.org   [13]      Schmidt  Company,  2009,  http://www.schmidt-­kitchens.com/company/sustainable-­development.html   [14]  World  7UDGH2UJDQLVDWLRQ³7RXULVP+LJKOLJKWV(GLWLRQ´:72.  

   

   

 

193  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010 Journal of Advanced Research in Law and Economics   ±   Biannually      

Editor in Chief: 3K'0ăGăOLQDConstantinescu   Co-­Editors: PhD  Russell  Pittman  and  PhD  Eric  Langlais   Journal   of   Advanced   Research   in   Law   and   Economics provides   readers   with   high   quality   and   empirical   research   in   law   and   economics.  The  Journal  publishes  analytical  studies  on  the  impact  of   legal   interventions   into   economic   processes   by   legislators,   courts   and  regulatory  agencies.  Finally,  important  developments  and  topics   in  law  and  economics  analysis  will  be  documented  and  examined  in   special   issues   dedicated   to   that   subject.   The   journal   is   edited   for   readability;;   lawyers   and   economists,   scholars   and   specialized   practitioners  count  among  its  readers.   Journal of Advanced Research in Law and Economics, starting   with  its  first  issue,  is  indexed  in   RePEC,  IndexCopernicus,  CEEOL   and  EBSCO  databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/jarle.html     email:  [email protected]      

Journal of Advanced Research in Management Biannually    

Editor in Chief: PhD  Andy  úWHIĄQHVFX Co-­Editor: PhD  Rajesh  K.  Pillania   The   Journal   aims   to   serve   researchers,   scholars   through   prompt   publications   of   significant   advances   in   any   branch   of   management   science,  and  to  provide  a  forum  for  the  reporting  and  discussion  of   news  and  issues  concerning  management  science.   Journal of Advanced Research in Management starting   with   its   first   issue   is   indexed   in   RePEC,   IndexCopernicus,   and   EBSCO   databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/jarm.html     email:  [email protected]      

Journal of Advanced Studies in Finance  ±  Biannually     Editor in Chief: PhD.  Laura  úWHIĄQHVFX   Co-­Editor: PhD  Rajmund  Mirdala    

The   Journal   aims   to   publish   empirical   or   theoretical   articles   which   make  significant  contributions  in  all  areas  of  finance,  such  as:  asset   pricing,   corporate   finance,   banking   and   market   microstructure,   but   also   newly   developing   fields   such   as   law   and   finance,   behavioural   finance,  and  experimental  finance.    The  Journal  will  serves  as  a  focal   point   of   communication   and   debates   for   its   contributors   for   better   dissemination  of  information  and  knowledge  on  a  global  scale.    

Journal of Advanced Studies in Finance,   starting   with   its   first   issue   is   indexed   in   IndexCopernicus,   RePEC   and   EBSCO   databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/jasf.html     email:  [email protected]    

 

194  

Journal  of  Environment  Management  and  Tourism Journal of Environmental Management and Tourism  ±  Biannually    

Editor in Chief: PhD  Cristina  Barbu     Journal of Environmental Management and Tourism   will   publish   original  research  and  seeks  to  cover  a  wide  range  of  topics  regarding   environmental   management   and   engineering,   environmental   management   and   health,   environmental   chemistry,   environmental   protection  technologies  (water,  air,  soil),  pollution  reduction  at  source   and   waste   minimization,   energy   and   environment,   modelling,   simulation   and   optimization   foenvironmental   protection;;   environmental   biotechnology,   environmental   education   and   sustainable  development,  environmental  strategies  and  policies,  etc.     Journal of Environmental Management and Tourism starting  with   its   first   issue   is   indexed   in   RePEC,   IndexCopernicus   and   EBSCO   databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/jemt.html     email:  [email protected]      

Journal of Research in Educational Sciences ±  Biannually    

Editor in Chief: PhD  Laura  Ungureanu    

The   Journal   is   design   to   promote   scholary   thought   in   the   field   of   education  with  the  clary  mission  to  provide  an  interdisciplinary  forum   for   discussion   and   debDWH DERXW HGXFDWLRQ¶V PRVW YLWDO LVVXHV :H intend   to   publish   papers  that  contribute   to   the   expanding   boundries   of  knowledge   in   education   and   are   focusing   on   research,   theory,   current  issues  and  applied  practice  in  this  area.   Journal of Research in Educational Sciences starting  with  its  first   issue   is   indexed   in   RePEC,   IndexCopernicus   and   EBSCO   databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/jres.html     email:  [email protected]              

Theoretical and Practical Research in Economic Fields  ±   Biannually       Editor in Chief: PhD  Laura  Ungureanu   Co-­Editor: PhD  Ivan  Kitov    

Theoretical and Practical Research in Economic Fields  publishes   original   articles   in   all   branches   of   economics   -­   theoretical   and   empirical,   abstract   and   applied,   providing   wide-­ranging   coverage   across   the   subject   area.   Journal   promotes   research   that   aim   at   the   unification   of   the   theoretical-­quantitative   and   the   empirical-­ quantitative  approach  to  economic  problems  and  that  are  penetrated   by  constructive  and  rigorous  thinking.     The Journal starting   with   its   first   issue   will   be   indexed   in   RePEC,   IndexCopernicus  and  EBSCO  databases.   Web:  http://www.asers.eu/journals/tpref.html     email:  [email protected]        

195  

Volume  I  Issue  1(1)  Winter  2010

ASERS  Publishing        

   

   

     

 

 

 

ASERS  Publishing   Web:  www.asers.eu   URL:  http://www.asers.eu/asers-­publishing  

ISSN  2068  ±  7729  

 

196